LBL Life Advantage

(1) The Contract does not provide for a predetermined amount or number of units.

(2) By filing dated April 13, 2015, Lincoln Benefit Life Company registered $8,500,000 ($8.5 million) in market value adjusted annuity contract securities and because a filing fee of $974 previously had been paid with respect to those securities, there was no filing fee under that registration statement. In this Registration Statement, Registrant continues that offering.

Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any State securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Allstate Distributors, L.L.C. ("ADLLC") serves as distributor of the securities registered herein. The securities offered herein are sold on a continuous basis, and there is no specific end date for the offering. ADLLC is a registered broker dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. ADLLC is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of securities, but will use its best efforts to sell the securities offered. Commissions earned by ADLLC are described in the notes to the insurer financial statements, under the heading "Broker-Dealer Agreements." The prospectuses, dated as of the date indicated therein, by which the securities registered in this Form S-1 are described, are included in this registration statement.

CONSULTANT SOLUTIONS (CLASSIC, PLUS, ELITE, SELECT) PROSPECTUS DATED APRIL 29, 2016

The following information supplements the prospectus for your variable annuity contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

This document contains “forward-looking statements” that anticipate results based on our estimates, assumptions and plans that are subject to uncertainty. These statements are made subject to the safe-harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a result of new information or future events or developments.

These forward-looking statements do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and may be identified by their use of words like “plans,” “seeks,” “expects,” “will,” “should,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “believes,” “likely,” “targets” and other words with similar meanings. These statements may address, among other things, our strategy for growth, investment results, regulatory approvals, market position, expenses, financial results, litigation and reserves. We believe that these statements are based on reasonable estimates, assumptions and plans. However, if the estimates, assumptions or plans underlying the forward-looking statements prove inaccurate or if other risks or uncertainties arise, actual results could differ materially from those communicated in these forward-looking statements.

In addition to the normal risks of business, we are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, including those listed below, which apply to us as an insurer and a provider of other products and financial services. These risks constitute our cautionary statements under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and readers should carefully review such cautionary statements as they identify certain important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements and historical trends. These cautionary statements are not exclusive and are in addition to other factors discussed elsewhere in this document, in our filings with the SEC or in materials incorporated therein by reference.

Changes in actual experience could materially affect the profitability of our business.

Our liability pricing includes long-term assumptions regarding investment returns, mortality, morbidity, persistency and operating costs and expenses of our business. We establish target returns based upon these factors and the average amount of capital that we must hold to support in-force contracts taking into account rating agencies and regulatory requirements. Profitability emerges over a period of years depending on the nature and life of the product and is subject to variability as actual results may differ from pricing assumptions. Additionally, many of our products have fixed or guaranteed terms that limit our ability to increase revenues or reduce benefits, including credited interest, once the product has been issued.

Our profitability depends on the adequacy of investment spreads, the management of market and credit risks associated with investments, the sufficiency of premiums and contract charges to cover mortality and morbidity benefits, the persistency of policies, and the management of operating costs and expenses within anticipated pricing allowances. Legislation and regulation of the insurance marketplace and products could also affect the profitability of our business.

The reserve for life-contingent contract benefits is computed on the basis of long-term actuarial assumptions of future investment yields, mortality, morbidity, persistency and expenses. We periodically review the adequacy of these reserves on an aggregate basis and if future experience differs significantly from assumptions, adjustments to reserves may be required which could have a material effect on our operating results.

Changes in market interest rates and/or credit spreads may lead to a significant decrease in the profitability of our spread-based products.

Our ability to manage our fixed annuities and interest-sensitive life products is dependent upon maintaining profitable spreads between investment yields and interest crediting rates. When market interest rates decrease or remain at relatively low levels, cash flows from renewal premium, investments that have matured or have been prepaid or sold may be reinvested at lower yields, reducing investment spread. Lowering interest crediting rates on some products in such an environment can partially offset decreases in investment yield. However, these changes could be limited by market conditions, regulatory minimum rates or contractual minimum rate guarantees on many contracts and may not match the timing or magnitude of changes in investment yields. Decreases in the interest crediting rates offered on products could make those products less attractive, leading to changes in the level of policy loans, surrenders and withdrawals. Non-parallel shifts in interest rates, such as increases in short-term rates without accompanying increases in medium- and long-term rates, can influence customer demand for fixed annuities, which could impact the level and profitability of new customer deposits. Increases in market interest rates can also have negative effects on our business, for example by increasing the attractiveness of other investments to our customers, which can lead to increased surrenders at a time when our fixed income investment asset values are lower as a result of the increase in interest rates. This could lead to the sale of fixed income securities at a loss.

For certain products, principally fixed annuity and interest-sensitive life products, the earned rate on assets could lag behind rising market yields. We may react to market conditions by increasing crediting rates, which could narrow spreads and reduce profitability on our business.

Changes in estimates of profitability on interest-sensitive life, fixed annuities and other investment products may adversely affect our profitability and financial condition through the amortization of Value of Business Acquired (“VOBA”).

VOBA related to interest-sensitive life, fixed annuities and other investment contracts is amortized in proportion to actual historical gross profits and estimated future gross profits (“EGP”) over the estimated lives of the contracts. The principal assumptions for determining the amount of EGP are mortality, persistency, expenses, investment returns, including capital gains and losses on assets supporting contract liabilities, interest crediting rates to contractholders, and the effects of any hedges. Updates to these assumptions (commonly referred to as “VOBA unlocking”) could adversely affect our profitability and financial condition.

Guarantees within certain of our products may decrease our earnings, increase the volatility of our results, result in higher risk management costs and expose us to increased counterparty risk.

Certain of our products include guaranteed benefits. These guarantees are designed to protect policyholders against significant downturns in equity markets and interest rates. Any such periods of significant and sustained downturns in equity markets, increased equity volatility, or reduced interest rates could result in an increase in the valuation of our liabilities associated with those products. An increase in these liabilities would result in a decrease in our net income.

We use hedging and risk management strategies to mitigate the liability exposure and the volatility of net income associated with these liabilities. These strategies involve the use of reinsurance and derivatives, which may not be completely effective. In addition, hedging instruments may not effectively offset the costs of guarantees or may otherwise be insufficient in relation to our obligations. Furthermore, we are subject to the risk that changes in policyholder behavior or mortality, combined with adverse market events, produce economic losses not addressed by the risk management techniques employed. These, individually or collectively, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, including net income, financial condition or liquidity.

We may not be able to mitigate the capital impact associated with statutory reinsurance reserving requirements, potentially adversely impacting the profitability of our business.

To support statutory reserves for certain term and universal life insurance products with secondary guarantees, we currently utilize reinsurance and capital markets solutions for financing a portion of our statutory reserve requirements deemed to be non-economic. If we are not able to maintain sufficient financing as a result of market conditions or otherwise, this could potentially adversely impact the profitability of our business.

Changes in tax laws and interpretations may decrease the profitability of our products and could adversely affect the Company.

Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), income tax payable by policyholders on investment earnings is deferred during the accumulation period of certain life insurance and annuity products. This favorable tax treatment may give certain of our products a competitive advantage over other non-insurance products. To the extent that the Code is revised to reduce the tax-deferred status of life insurance and annuity products or to increase the tax-deferred status of competing products, all life insurance companies, including us, would be adversely affected with respect to their ability to retain policyholders who have acquired such products. Depending upon grandfathering provisions, life insurance companies would be affected by the surrenders of existing annuity contracts and life insurance policies. Changes in tax law, which have reduced the federal income tax rates on corporate dividends in certain circumstances, could make the tax advantages of investing in certain life insurance or annuity products less attractive. Additionally, changes in tax law based on proposals to establish new tax-advantaged retirement and life savings plans, if enacted, could reduce the tax advantage of investing in certain life insurance or annuity products. We cannot predict what changes to tax law or interpretations of existing tax law may ultimately be enacted or whether such changes could adversely affect us. In addition, changes in the federal estate tax laws could negatively affect the demand for the types of life insurance used in estate planning.

The Company’s results may be affected by the performance of others because the Company has entered into various arrangements in support of our business operations involving third parties. Certain of these third parties may act on behalf of the Company or represent the Company in various capacities including the administration of its contractholder’s activities or the management of its invested assets on a day-to-day basis. Additionally, the Company’s operations are dependent on various technologies, some of which are provided and/or maintained by third parties. Any of the third parties that the Company depends upon may default on their services or obligations to the Company due to bankruptcy, insolvency, lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud, or other reasons. Further, the Company may be held responsible for obligations that arise from the acts or omissions of these third parties. Such defaults could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

If our internal controls are ineffective, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if we experience difficulties in their implementation, our business and operating results could be harmed and we could fail to meet our financial reporting obligations.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our operating results could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of investors, regulators and rating agencies.

Further acquisitions by Resolution Life, Inc. could be disruptive to our operations.

Resolution Life, Inc. intends to acquire additional runoff books of business from unrelated insurers and may seek to combine portions of the related operations with ours to recognize efficiencies. The risks and uncertainties related to these transactions include, but are not limited to:

Our failure to address these risks could cause us to incur unanticipated liabilities, impose harmful disruptions to our customer service operations and harm our business generally.

We are subject to market risk and declines in credit quality which may adversely affect investment income and cause realized and unrealized losses.

We are subject to the risk that we will incur losses due to adverse changes in interest rates or credit spreads. Adverse changes to these rates and spreads may occur due to changes in fiscal policy and the economic climate, the liquidity of a market or market segment, insolvency or financial distress of key market makers or participants, or changes in market perceptions of credit worthiness and/or risk tolerance.

We are subject to risks associated with potential declines in credit quality related to specific issuers or specific industries and a general weakening in the economy, which are typically reflected through credit spreads. Credit spread is the additional yield on fixed income securities above the risk-free rate (typically referenced as the yield on U.S. Treasury securities) that market participants require to compensate them for assuming credit, liquidity and/or prepayment risks. Credit spreads vary (i.e., increase or decrease) in response to the market’s perception of risk and liquidity in a specific issuer or specific sector and are influenced by the credit ratings, and the reliability of those ratings, published by external rating agencies. A decline in the quality of our investment portfolio as a result of adverse economic conditions or otherwise could cause additional realized and unrealized losses on securities. Similarly, a ratings downgrade affecting a security we hold could indicate the credit quality of that security has deteriorated and could increase the capital we must hold to support that security to maintain our risk based capital levels. Levels of writedowns and impairments are impacted by intent to sell, or our assessment of the likelihood that we will be required to sell fixed maturity securities. Realized losses or impairments on these securities may have a material adverse effect on our net income in a particular period.

A decline in market interest rates or credit spreads would have an adverse effect on our investment income as we invest cash in new investments that may earn less than the portfolio’s average yield. In a declining interest rate environment, borrowers may prepay or redeem securities more quickly than expected as they seek to refinance at lower rates. An increase in market interest rates or credit spreads could have an adverse effect on the value of our investment portfolio by decreasing the fair values of the fixed income securities that comprise a substantial majority of our investment portfolio.

The determination of the fair value of our fixed income securities is subjective and could materially impact our operating results and financial condition.

In determining fair values we principally use the market approach which utilizes market transaction data for the same or similar instruments. The degree of management judgment involved in determining fair values is inversely related to the availability of market observable information. The fair value of assets may differ from the actual amount received upon sale of an asset in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Moreover, the use of different valuation assumptions may have a material effect on the assets’ fair values. The difference between amortized cost or cost and fair value, net of deferred income taxes, certain VOBA, and certain reserves for life-contingent contract benefits, is reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholder’s equity. Changing market conditions could materially affect the determination of the fair value of securities and unrealized net capital gains and losses could vary significantly.

Concentration of our investment portfolio in any particular segment of the economy may have adverse effects on our operating results and financial condition.

The concentration of our investment portfolio in any particular industry, collateral type, group of related industries, geographic sector or risk type could have an adverse effect on our investment portfolio and consequently on our results of operations and financial condition. Events or developments that have a negative impact on any particular industry, group of related industries or geographic region may have a greater adverse effect on the investment portfolio to the extent that the portfolio is concentrated, rather than diversified.

The determination of the amount of realized capital losses recorded for impairments of our investments is subjective and could materially impact our operating results and financial condition.

The determination of the amount of realized capital losses recorded for impairments varies by investment type and is based on our ongoing evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. We update our evaluations regularly and reflect changes in other-than-temporary impairments in our results of operations. The assessment of whether other-than-temporary impairments have occurred is based on our case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in fair value. We define fair value generally as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability. Our conclusions on such assessments are judgmental and include assumptions and projections of future cash flows which may ultimately prove to be incorrect as assumptions, facts and circumstances change. Furthermore, historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments and additional impairments may need to be recorded in the future.

Deteriorating financial performance impacting commercial mortgage loans, securities collateralized by residential and commercial mortgage loans, and collateralized corporate loans may lead to write-downs and impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in residential or commercial mortgage delinquencies, loss severities or recovery rates, declining residential or commercial real estate prices, corporate loan delinquencies or recovery rates, changes in credit or bond insurer strength ratings and the quality of service provided by service providers on securities in our portfolio could lead us to determine that write-downs are necessary in the future.

Our investment strategies may be adversely affected by developments in the financial markets.

Our investment management strategies may be adversely affected by unexpected developments in the financial markets. There may be a limited market for certain investments we hold in our investment portfolio, making them relatively illiquid. These include privately-placed fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans and policy loans. If we were forced to sell certain of our investments during periods of market volatility or disruption, market prices may be lower than our carrying value in such investments.

Difficult conditions in the global economy and capital markets generally could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our business and results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally. Stressed conditions, volatility and disruptions in global capital markets, particular markets, or financial asset classes can have an adverse effect on us, in part because we have a large investment portfolio and certain of our insurance liabilities are sensitive to changing market factors. Market factors, including interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, real estate markets, consumer spending, business investment, government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, deflation and inflation, all affect the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of our business. Disruptions in one market or asset class can also spread to other markets or asset classes. Upheavals in the financial markets can also affect our business through their effects on general levels of economic activity, employment and customer behavior. Financial markets have also been affected periodically by concerns over U.S. fiscal policy. These issues could, on their own, or combined with the possible slowing of the global economy generally, have severe repercussions to the U.S. and global credit and financial markets, further exacerbate concerns over sovereign debt of other countries and disrupt economic activity in the U.S. and elsewhere.

General economic conditions could adversely affect us in the form of consumer behavior and pressure investment results. Holders of some of our interest-sensitive life insurance and annuity products may engage in an elevated level of discretionary withdrawals of contractholder funds. Our investment results could be adversely affected as deteriorating financial and business conditions affect the issuers of the securities in our investment portfolio.

Losses from legal and regulatory actions may be material to our operating results or cash flows and may result in harm to our reputation.

We are involved in various legal actions, some of which involve claims for substantial amounts. We are also subject to various regulatory actions and inquiries, such as information requests, market conduct examinations, books and record examinations, from state and federal regulators and other authorities. A substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us, as well as regulatory inquiries or investigations could harm our reputation, result in material fines or penalties, result in significant legal costs and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we ultimately prevail in the litigation, regulatory actions or investigation, our ability to retain our current contractholders and recruit and retain employees could be materially and adversely impacted.

We are subject to extensive regulation and potential further restrictive regulation may increase our operating costs.

As an insurance company with separate accounts that are regulated as investment companies, we are subject to extensive laws and regulations. These laws and regulations are complex and subject to change. Changes may sometimes lead to additional expenses and increased legal exposure. Moreover, laws and regulations are administered and enforced by a number of different governmental authorities, each of which exercises a degree of interpretive latitude, including state insurance regulators, state securities administrators, state attorneys general, and federal agencies including the SEC, the FINRA and the U.S. Department of Justice. Consequently, we are subject to the risk that compliance with any particular regulator’s or enforcement authority’s interpretation of a legal issue may not result in compliance with another’s interpretation of the same issue, particularly when compliance is judged in hindsight. In addition, there is risk that any particular regulator’s or enforcement authority’s interpretation of a legal issue may change over time to our detriment, or that changes in the overall legal environment may, even absent any particular regulator’s or enforcement authority’s interpretation of a legal issue changing, cause us to change our views regarding the actions we need to take from a legal risk management perspective, thus necessitating changes to our practices that may, in some cases, limit our ability to grow or to improve the profitability of our business. Furthermore, in some cases, these laws and regulations are designed to protect or benefit the interests of a specific constituency rather than a range of constituencies. For example, state insurance laws and regulations are generally intended to protect or benefit purchasers or users of insurance products. In many respects, these laws and regulations limit our ability to maintain the profitability of our business.

Regulatory reforms, and the more stringent application of existing regulations, may make it more expensive for us to conduct our business and increase our capital requirements.

The federal government has enacted comprehensive regulatory reforms for financial services entities. As part of a larger effort to strengthen the regulation of the financial services market, certain reforms are applicable to the insurance industry, including the Federal Insurance Office (“FIO”) established within the Treasury Department.

In recent years, the state insurance regulatory framework has come under public scrutiny, members of Congress have discussed proposals to provide for federal chartering of insurance companies, and the FIO and Financial Stability Oversight Council were established. We can make no assurances regarding the potential impact of state or federal measures that may change the nature or scope of insurance and financial regulation. These regulatory reforms and any additional legislative change or regulatory requirements imposed upon us in

connection with the federal government’s regulatory reform of the financial services industry, and any more stringent enforcement of existing regulations by federal authorities, may make it more expensive for us to conduct our business, or limit our ability to grow.

Market conditions beyond our control impact the availability and cost of the reinsurance. No assurances can be made that reinsurance will remain continuously available to us to the same extent and on the same terms and rates as is currently available. If we were unable to renew or purchase reinsurance protection in amounts that we consider sufficient and at prices that we consider acceptable, we may have to accept an increase in risk exposure, seek other alternatives, or accept reduced profitability.

Reinsurance subjects us to the credit risk of our reinsurers and may not be adequate to protect us against losses arising from ceded insurance, which could have a material effect on our operating results.

The collectability of reinsurance recoverables is subject to uncertainty arising from a number of factors, including changes in market conditions, whether insured losses meet the qualifying conditions of the reinsurance contract and whether reinsurers, or their affiliates, have the financial capacity and willingness to make payments under the terms of a reinsurance treaty or contract. Our ceded insurance risks include all new business generated in the thirty months following the closing of our acquisition by Resolution Life, Inc., which business will be entirely ceded to Allstate Life Insurance Company. Our inability to collect a material recovery from a reinsurer could have a material effect on our operating results.

Adverse capital and credit market conditions may significantly affect our ability to meet liquidity needs or our ability to obtain credit on acceptable terms.

In periods of extreme volatility and disruption in the capital and credit markets, liquidity and credit capacity may be severely restricted. In such circumstances, our ability to obtain capital to fund operating expenses, financing costs, capital expenditures or acquisitions may be limited, and the cost of any such capital may be significant. Our access to additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as market conditions, the general availability of credit, the overall availability of credit to our industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as lenders’ perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating agencies take negative actions against us. If a combination of these factors were to occur, our internal sources of liquidity may prove to be insufficient, and in such case, we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on favorable terms.

A downgrade or a potential downgrade in our financial strength or credit ratings could result in a loss of business and materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Financial strength ratings are published by various Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (“NRSRO”) and similar entities not formally recognized as NRSROs. They indicate the NRSROs’ opinion regarding an insurance company’s ability to meet contractholder and policyholder obligations, and are important to maintaining public confidence in our products and our competitive position.

Downgrades in our financial strength ratings could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations in many ways, including materially increasing the number or amount of policy surrenders and withdrawals by contractholders and adversely affecting our ability to obtain reinsurance at reasonable prices or at all.

In view of the difficulties experienced by many financial institutions as a result of the financial crisis and ensuing global recession, including our competitors in the insurance industry, we believe it is possible that the NRSROs will continue to heighten the level of scrutiny that they apply to insurance companies, will continue

to increase the frequency and scope of their credit reviews, will continue to request additional information from the companies that they rate, and may adjust upward the capital and other requirements employed in the models for maintenance of certain ratings levels. Our ratings could be downgraded at any time and without notice by any NRSRO. In addition, these regulatory reforms may also increase our minimum capital requirements.

A large scale pandemic, the continued threat of terrorism or military actions may have an adverse effect on the level of claim losses we incur, the value of our investment portfolio, our competitive position, liquidity, operating results and attractiveness of product offering.

A large scale pandemic, the continued threat of terrorism, within the United States and abroad, or military and other actions, and heightened security measures in response to these types of threats, may cause significant volatility and losses in our investment portfolio from interest rate changes, and result in loss of life, disruptions to commerce and reduced economic activity. Some of the assets in our investment portfolio may be adversely affected by reduced economic activity caused by a large scale pandemic or the continued threat of terrorism. Additionally, a large scale pandemic or terrorist act could have a material effect on renewal premium, profitability, competitiveness, liquidity, operating results and attractiveness of product offering.

Changes in accounting standards issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other standard- setting bodies may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our financial statements are subject to the application of generally accepted accounting principles, which are periodically revised, interpreted and/or expanded. Accordingly, we are required to adopt new guidance or interpretations, or could be subject to existing guidance as we enter into new transactions, which may have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition that is either unexpected or has a greater impact than expected. For a description of changes in accounting standards that are currently pending and, if known, our estimates of their expected impact, see Note 2 of the financial statements.

The failure in cyber or other information security systems, as well as the occurrence of events unanticipated in our disaster recovery systems, management continuity planning or a support failure from external providers, could result in a loss or disclosure of confidential information, damage to our reputation and impairment of our ability to conduct business effectively.

We depend heavily upon computer systems to perform necessary business functions. We rely on these systems throughout our business for a variety of functions, including processing claims and applications, providing information to customers and distributors, performing actuarial analyses and maintaining financial records. We also retain confidential and proprietary information on our computer systems and we rely on sophisticated technologies and our third party vendors to maintain the security of that information. Our computer systems have been, and will likely continue to be, subject to computer viruses or other malicious codes, unauthorized access, cyber-attacks or other computer-related penetrations. While, to date, we have not experienced a material breach of cybersecurity, administrative and technical controls and other preventive actions we take to reduce the risk of cyber-incidents and protect our information technology may be insufficient to prevent physical and electronic break-ins, cyber-attacks or other security breaches to our computer systems. If one or more of these events occurs, it could potentially jeopardize the confidential, proprietary and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations, which could result in damage to our reputation, financial losses, litigation, increased costs, regulatory penalties and/or customer dissatisfaction or loss.

The occurrence of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, epidemic, industrial accident, blackout, computer virus, terrorist attack or war, cyber-attack, events unanticipated in our disaster recovery systems, or a support failure from external providers, could have an adverse effect on our ability to conduct business and on our results of operations and financial condition, particularly if those events affect our computer-based data processing, transmission, storage, and retrieval systems or destroy data. If a significant number of our third party

service providers were unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct our business could be severely compromised. These interruptions also may interfere with our third party service providers to provide services and our employees’ ability to perform their job responsibilities.

The failure of our computer systems and/or our disaster recovery plans for any reason could cause significant interruptions in our operations and result in a failure to maintain the security, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data, including personal information relating to our customers. Such a failure could harm our reputation, subject us to regulatory sanctions and legal claims, lead to a loss of customers and revenues and otherwise adversely affect our business and financial results. Although we conduct due diligence, negotiate contractual provisions and, in many cases, conduct periodic reviews of our vendors, distributors, and other third parties that provide operational or information technology services to us to confirm compliance with the Company’s information security standards, the failure of such third parties’ computer systems and/or their disaster recovery plans for any reason might cause significant interruptions in our operations and result in a failure to maintain the security, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data, including personal information relating to our customers. Such a failure could harm our reputation, subject us to regulatory sanctions and legal claims, lead to a loss of policyholders and revenues and otherwise adversely affect our business and financial results.

We are subject to data security and privacy risks that could negatively affect our results, operations or reputation.

Hackers and data thieves are increasingly sophisticated and operate large-scale and complex automated attacks. Any breach of our network may result in the loss of valuable business data, misappropriation of our consumers’ or employees’ personal information or a disruption of our business, which could give rise to unwanted media attention, materially damage our customer relationships and reputation and result in lost sales, fines or lawsuits.

In addition, we must comply with increasingly complex and rigorous regulatory standards enacted to protect business and personal data. Any failure to comply with these regulatory standards could subject us to legal and reputational risks. Misuse of or failure to secure personal information could also result in violation of data privacy laws and regulations, proceedings against the Company by governmental entities or others, damage to our reputation and credibility and could have a negative impact on revenues and profits.

Loss of key vendor relationships or failure of a vendor to protect personal information of our customers, claimants or employees could affect our operations.

We rely on services and products provided by many vendors in the United States and abroad, specifically third party administrators of our policies, our invested assets, and vendors of computer hardware and software. In the event that one or more of our vendors suffers a bankruptcy or otherwise becomes unable to continue to provide products or services, or fails to protect personal information of our customers, claimants or employees, we may suffer operational impairments and financial losses.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.

We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Although we use a broad range of measures to protect our intellectual property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. We may have to litigate to enforce and protect our intellectual property and to determine its scope, validity or enforceability, which could divert significant resources and prove unsuccessful. An inability to protect our intellectual property could have a material effect on our business.

We may be subject to claims by third parties for patent, trademark or copyright infringement or breach of usage rights. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant expense and liability. If

our third party providers or we are found to have infringed a third-party intellectual property right, either of us could be enjoined from providing certain products or services or from utilizing and benefiting from certain methods, processes, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses. Alternatively, we could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties or implement a costly work around. Any of these scenarios could have a material effect on our business and results of our operations.

Our risk management policies and procedures may leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risk, which could negatively affect our business.

We have devoted significant resources to develop and periodically update our risk management policies and procedures to reflect ongoing review of our risks and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our policies and procedures may not be comprehensive and may not identify every risk to which we are exposed. Many of our methods for managing risk and exposures are based upon the use of observed historical market behavior or statistics based on historical models. As a result, these methods may not fully predict future exposures, which can be significantly greater than our historical measures indicate. Other risk management methods depend upon the evaluation of information regarding markets, clients, catastrophe occurrence or other matters that is publicly available or otherwise accessible to us. This information may not always be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. In addition, more extensive and perhaps different risk management policies and procedures might have to be implemented under pending regulations.

Our associates may take risks not in accordance with our risk management policies which could negatively affect our financial condition and business.

As an insurance enterprise, we are in the business of accepting certain risks. The associates who conduct our business, including executive officers and other members of management, investment professionals, sales agents, and other associates, do so in part by making decisions and choices that involve exposing us to risk. These include decisions such as pricing, determining what assets to purchase for investment and when to sell them, which business opportunities to pursue, and other decisions. We endeavor, in the design and implementation of our compensation programs and practices, to avoid giving our associates incentives to take excessive risks; however, associates may take such risks regardless of the structure of our compensation programs and practices. Similarly, although we employ controls and procedures designed to monitor associates’ business decisions and prevent us from taking excessive risks, and to prevent employee misconduct, these controls and procedures may not be effective. In such instances, the impact of those risks could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and business operations.

We must attract and retain employees to service our policyholders and manage and grow our business. We compete with other financial services companies for employees primarily on the basis of compensation and financial position. Our reputation, operations, and internal controls could be materially adversely affected if we are unsuccessful in retaining highly qualified employees. Our inability to recruit or our failure to retain a sufficient number of qualified individuals in the future may impair our efficiency and effectiveness to service policyholders, meet regulatory deadlines, and our ability to pursue growth opportunities.

Lincoln Benefit Life Company (referred to in this document as “we,” “Lincoln Benefit,” “our,” “us” or the “Company”) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Nebraska in 1938. Lincoln Benefit is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Resolution Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of Resolution Life L.P. (the “Limited Partnership”), a Bermuda limited partnership, and Resolution Life (Parallel) Partnership, a Bermuda-based partnership.

On April 1, 2014, Resolution Life, Inc. acquired all the outstanding capital stock in Lincoln Benefit (the “Acquisition”) from Allstate Life Insurance Company (“ALIC”). Immediately prior to the closing of the transaction, Lincoln Benefit commuted certain business previously reinsured to ALIC, including (a) all of the fixed deferred annuity, value adjusted deferred annuity and indexed deferred annuity business written by the Company that was previously reinsured to ALIC, (b) all of the life insurance business written by the Company through independent producers that was previously reinsured to ALIC, other than certain specified life business, and (c) all of the net liability of the Company with respect to the accident and health and long-term care insurance business written by the Company that was previously reinsured to ALIC ((a), (b) and (c) collectively, the “Recaptured Business”). In connection with the closing, Lincoln Benefit and ALIC entered into an Amended and Restated Reinsurance Agreement (the “ARRA”), pursuant to which ALIC continues to reinsure business that was ceded by Lincoln Benefit to ALIC before the closing, with the exception of the Recaptured Business (the “ALIC Reinsured Business”). ALIC continues to provide certain services with respect to the Recaptured Business on a transitional basis, including services relating to processing of Life block commissions and agent licensing, 2015 agent bonus payments, and escheatment and unclaimed property processing.

ALIC continues to reinsure all life insurance business written by Lincoln Benefit through the Allstate Financial Sales channel, all immediate annuities written by Lincoln Benefit prior to closing of the Acquisition, and certain term life policies written by Lincoln Benefit. This business will continue to be administered by ALIC under an existing administrative services agreement between Lincoln Benefit and ALIC. The Allstate Financial sales channel will continue to sell Lincoln Benefit products until they are fully transitioned to a new Allstate company in 2017. As part of the Acquisition, ALIC has agreed to indemnify the Company for certain liabilities related to the pre-closing activities of the transferred business.

Lincoln Benefit’s variable annuity business is reinsured by ALIC under an existing reinsurance agreement between Lincoln Benefit and ALIC. In 2006, ALIC disposed of substantially all of its variable annuity business through reinsurance agreements with The Prudential Insurance Company of America, a subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. and therefore mitigated this aspect of ALIC’s risk. The Company was not a direct participant of this agreement and its reinsurance agreement with ALIC remains unchanged.

Prior to July 18, 2013, we sold interest-sensitive traditional and variable life insurance and fixed annuities, including deferred and immediate, through independent master brokerage agencies. Effective January 1, 2014, we no longer offer fixed annuities such as deferred and immediate annuities, however, we continue to accept deposits on existing policies.

We have reinsurance agreements whereby certain premiums, contract charges, interest credited to policyholder account balances, contract benefits and expenses are ceded to ALIC and other non-affiliated reinsurers.

In our reports, we occasionally refer to statutory financial information. All domestic United States insurance companies are required to prepare statutory-basis financial statements. As a result, industry data is available that enables comparisons between insurance companies, including competitors that are not subject to the requirement to prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We frequently use industry publications containing statutory financial information to assess our competitive position.

Lincoln Benefit is subject to extensive regulation, primarily at the state level. The method, extent and substance of such regulation varies by state but generally has its source in statutes that establish standards and requirements for conducting the business of insurance and that delegate regulatory authority to a state agency. These rules have a substantial effect on our business and relate to a wide variety of matters, including insurer solvency, reserve adequacy, insurance company licensing and examination, agent licensing, policy forms, rate

setting, the nature and amount of investments, claims practices, participation in guaranty funds, transactions with affiliates, the payment of dividends, underwriting standards, statutory accounting methods, trade practices and corporate governance.

In recent years, the state insurance regulatory framework has come under increased federal scrutiny. As part of an effort to strengthen the regulation of the financial services market, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) was enacted in 2010. Many regulations required pursuant to this law must still be finalized and we cannot predict what the final regulations will require, but do not expect a material impact on Lincoln Benefit’s operations. Dodd-Frank also created the Federal Insurance Office (“FIO”) within the Treasury Department. The FIO monitors the insurance industry, provides advice to the Financial Stability Oversight Council, represents the U.S. on international insurance matters and studies the current regulatory system. In addition, state legislators and insurance regulators continue to examine the appropriate nature and scope of state insurance regulation. We cannot predict whether any specific state or federal measures will be adopted to change the nature or scope of the regulation of insurance or what effect any such measures would have on Lincoln Benefit.

Lincoln Benefit occupies leased office space in Lincoln, Nebraska and Rosemont, Illinois.

Lincoln Benefit is engaged in routine lawsuits, which, in management’s judgment, are not of material importance to its total assets or business prospects.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of shareholder’s equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lincoln Benefit Life Company and its subsidiary at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, Schedule I - Summary of Investments - Other than Investments in Related Parties and Schedule IV - Reinsurance (the “financial statement schedules”) present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have audited the accompanying Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, Shareholder’s Equity and Cash Flows of Lincoln Benefit Life Company (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor’s Basis) and for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 (Predecessor’s Basis). Our audits also included Schedule IV – Reinsurance for the year ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor’s Basis) and for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 (Predecessor’s Basis). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations, shareholder’s equity and cash flows of Lincoln Benefit Life Company for the year ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor’s Basis) and for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 (Predecessor’s Basis), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, Schedule IV – Reinsurance for the year ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor’s Basis) and for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 (Predecessor’s Basis), when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Successor) and Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Predecessor)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2015, the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and the Year Ended December 31, 2013

Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity (Successor) and Statements of Shareholder’s Equity (Predecessor)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2015, the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014, and the Year Ended December 31, 2013

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Successor) and Statements of Cash Flows (Predecessor)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2015, the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and the Year Ended December 31, 2013

Lincoln Benefit Life Company (the “Company” or “Lincoln Benefit”) is a stock insurance company domiciled in the State of Nebraska. It is a wholly owned subsidiary of Resolution Life, Inc. (“Resolution”), which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”). Resolution was formed on July 2, 2013 under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

On April 1, 2014, Lancaster Re Captive Insurance Company (“Lancaster Re”), a Nebraska domiciled captive insurance company, became a wholly owned subsidiary of Lincoln Benefit when it was contributed to Lincoln Benefit by Resolution.

The Company became a wholly owned subsidiary of Resolution on April 1, 2014 after receiving all required regulatory approvals. Prior to this date, it was a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company (“ALIC”). On July 17, 2013, Holdings executed a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) to acquire 100% of the Company from ALIC (the “Acquisition”). In November 2013, Holdings assigned the right to acquire all of Lincoln Benefit’s outstanding capital stock to Resolution pursuant to an Assignment Agreement. The purchase price was $595.8 million.

The Company is authorized to sell life insurance and retirement products in all states except New York, as well as in the District of Columbia, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam. Prior to July 18, 2013, the Company sold interest-sensitive, traditional and variable life insurance products through both exclusive agencies (“Allstate Financial Sales channel”) and independent master brokerage agencies. Effective July 17, 2013, sales through the independent master brokerage agencies ceased, and sales through the Allstate Financial sales channel will continue for a period up to 30 months after the closing date of Acquisition. We operate as a single segment entity, based on the manner in which we use financial information to evaluate business performance and to determine the allocation of resources.

On April 1, 2014, immediately prior to the Acquisition, the Company, pursuant to a Partial Commutation Agreement, recaptured all deferred annuity, long-term care, accident and health and life business sold through Lincoln Benefit’s independent master brokerage agencies, other than specified life business, previously reinsured by ALIC. The primary impacts of the Partial Commutation Agreement with ALIC were the receipt of investments, the reduction of the related reinsurance recoverable and the reestablishment of deferred acquisition costs. The Company’s assets and liabilities increased by $1.33 billion and $0.19 billion, respectively. Since the Partial Commutation Agreement occurred between entities under common control, the excess of assets received and liabilities assumed was recorded as a capital contribution through additional paid-in capital.

Additionally, Lincoln Benefit and ALIC entered into an Amended and Restated Reinsurance Agreement where ALIC continues to reinsure all life insurance business written by Lincoln Benefit through the Allstate Financial Sales channel, all immediate annuities written by Lincoln Benefit prior to closing of the Acquisition, and certain term life policies written by Lincoln Benefit. Lincoln Benefit’s variable annuity business will remain reinsured by ALIC under an existing reinsurance agreement between Lincoln Benefit and ALIC. This business will continue to be administered by ALIC under an existing administrative services agreement between Lincoln Benefit and ALIC.

As part of the Acquisition, ALIC has agreed to indemnify the Company for certain matters. ALIC has also agreed to indemnify the Company for certain litigation, regulatory matters and other liabilities related to the pre-closing activities of the transferred business.

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of April 1, 2014:

Included in the assets acquired is the value of business acquired (“VOBA”), which reflects the estimated fair value of in-force contracts acquired and represents the portion of the purchase price that is allocated to the future profits embedded in the acquired contracts at the acquisition date. See Note 11 for further explanation of VOBA. The assessment of fair value in accordance with ASC 805-20-25 included the establishment of intangible assets for VOBA and various state licenses.

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). The financial statements are presented for Successor and Predecessor periods, which relate to the accounting periods after and before April 1, 2014, respectively, the date of the closing of the Acquisition. For periods after April 1, 2014, the accompanying financial statements comprise the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary. Due to the Acquisition and the application of push-down accounting, different bases of accounting have been used to prepare the Predecessor and Successor financial statements. A black line separates the Predecessor and Successor financial statements to highlight the lack of comparability between these two periods. The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below and in Note 2.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Successor include the accounts of Lincoln Benefit and its subsidiary, Lancaster Re. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash includes cash on hand, amounts due from banks, money market securities, highly liquid overnight deposits, discount notes and commercial paper held in the ordinary course of business and other debt instruments with maturities of three months or less when purchased.

Fixed maturities include bonds, asset-backed securities (“ABS”) residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”). Fixed maturities, which may be sold prior to their contractual maturity, are designated as available-for-sale (“AFS”) and are carried at fair value. The difference between amortized cost and fair value, net of deferred income taxes, is reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Cash received from calls, principal payments and make-whole payments and cash received from maturities and pay-downs are reflected as a component of proceeds from sales and maturities within the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows — Successor and Statement of Cash Flows — Predecessor.

The Company recognizes other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”) for securities classified as AFS in accordance with ASC 320, Investments-Debt and Equity Securities. At least quarterly, management reviews impaired securities for OTTI. The Company considers several factors when determining if a security is OTTI, including but not limited to: its intent and ability to hold the impaired security until an anticipated recovery in value, the issuer’s ability to meet current and future principal and interest obligations for fixed maturity securities, the length and severity of the impairment, the financial condition and near term and long term prospects for the issuer. In making these evaluations, the Company exercises considerable judgment.

If the Company intends to sell or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell an impaired security prior to recovery of its cost basis, then the Company recognizes a charge to earnings for the full amount of the impairment (the difference between the amortized cost and fair value of the security). For fixed maturity securities that are considered OTTI and that the Company does not intend to sell and will not be required to sell, the Company separates the impairment into two components: credit loss and noncredit loss. Credit losses are charged to net realized investment losses and noncredit losses are charged to other comprehensive income. The credit loss component is the difference between the security’s amortized cost and the present value of its expected future cash flows discounted at the current effective rate. The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of its expected future cash flows is the noncredit loss. For corporate bonds, historical default (by rating) data is used as a proxy for the probability of default, and loss given default (by issuer) projections are applied to the par amount of the bond. Potential losses incurred on structured securities

are based on expected loss models rather than incurred loss models. Expected cash flows include assumptions about key systematic risks (e.g., unemployment rates, housing prices) and loan-specific information (e.g., delinquency rates, loan-to-value ratios). Estimating future cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third parties, along with assumptions and judgments about the future performance of the underlying collateral.

Commercial mortgage loans (“CMLs”) acquired at fair value are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. CMLs held by the Company are diversified by property type and geographic area throughout the U.S. CMLs are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will not collect amounts due according to the terms of the original loan agreement. The Company assesses the impairment of loans individually for all loans in the portfolio. The Company estimates the fair value of the underlying collateral using internal valuations generally based on discounted cash flow analyses. The Company estimates an allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) representing potential credit losses embedded in the CML portfolio. The estimate is based on a consistently applied analysis of the loan portfolio and takes into consideration all available information, including industry, geographical, economic and political factors.

Policy loans represent loans the Company issues to policyholders. Policy loans are carried at unpaid principal balances. Interest income on such loans is recognized as earned using the contractually agreed upon interest rate and reflected in Net investment income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Generally, interest is capitalized on the associated policy’s anniversary date.

Short-term investments include securities and other investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than three months, at the time of purchase and are stated at estimated fair value or amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

As part of the Company’s overall risk management policy, the Company uses listed options and exchange traded futures to economically hedge its obligation under certain fixed indexed annuity and universal life contracts. Derivative financial instruments utilized by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2015 and in the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 (the “Successor Period”) included index option contracts and futures contracts. Derivatives are carried in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet either as assets within Other invested assets or as liabilities within Accrued expenses and other liabilities at estimated fair value. The Company offsets the fair value amounts recognized for derivatives executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting agreement. Accruals on derivatives are generally recorded in accrued investment income or within other liabilities. However, accruals that are not scheduled to settle within one year are included with the derivatives carrying value in other invested assets or other liabilities. If a derivative is not designated as an accounting hedge or its use in managing risk does not qualify for hedge accounting, changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative are reported in realized investment gains, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The notional amounts specified in the contracts are used to calculate contractual payments under the agreements and are generally not representative of the potential for gain or loss on these contracts. Futures contracts are defined as commitments to buy or sell designated financial instruments based on specified prices, yields or indexes. Futures contracts provide returns at specified or optional dates based upon a specified index or interest rate applied to a notional amount. The Company uses futures to hedge exposures in indexed annuity and life contracts. Daily cash settlement of variation margins is required for futures contracts and is based on the changes in daily prices. The final settlement of futures contracts is in cash. Index option contracts provide returns at specified or optional dates based on a specified equity index applied to the option’s notional amount. The Company purchases and writes (sells) option contracts primarily to

reduce market risk associated with certain annuity and life contracts. When the Company purchases/sells option contracts at specific prices, it is required to pay/receive a premium to/from the counterparties. The amount of premium paid/received is based on the number of contracts purchased/sold, the specified price and the maturity date of the contract. The Company receives/pays cash equal to the premium of written/purchased options when the contract is established. If the option is exercised, the Company receives/pays cash equal to the product of the number of contracts and the specified price in the contract in exchange for the equity upon which the option is written/purchased. If the options are not exercised, then no additional cash is exchanged when the contract expires. Premiums paid are reported as a derivative asset and premiums received are reported as a derivative liability. Purchased put and call index option contracts are cash settled upon exercise and the gain or loss on the settlement is reported in net investment income. If the purchased option contract expires without being exercised, the premiums paid are reported as net investment income and the corresponding asset previously recorded is reversed. The change in the fair value of written option contracts is reported in Realized investment gains, net, with an adjustment to a corresponding liability. Written call index option contracts are cash settled upon exercise and the gain or loss on settlement is reported in Realized investment gains, net.

The Company has derivatives embedded in non-derivative host contracts that are required to be separated from the host contracts and accounted for at fair value. The Company’s embedded derivatives are equity options in life and annuity product contracts, which provide equity returns to contractholders, guaranteed minimum accumulation and withdrawal benefits in variable annuity contracts. The Company has reinsurance agreements to transfer all the risk related to guarantee minimum income, accumulation and withdrawal benefits in variable annuity contracts to third party reinsurers. None of these derivatives are designated as accounting hedging instruments and all are gross liabilities reported in policyholder account balances or future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities.

Investment income primarily consists of interest and is recognized on an accrual basis using the effective yield method. Interest income for RMBS and CMBS is determined considering estimated pay-downs, including prepayments, obtained from third party data sources and internal estimates. Actual prepayment experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual prepayments received. For RMBS and CMBS of high credit quality with fixed interest rates, the effective yield is recalculated on a retrospective basis. For all others, the effective yield is recalculated on a prospective basis. Accrual of income is suspended for other-than-temporarily impaired fixed maturities when the timing and amount of cash flows expected to be received is not reasonably estimable. It is the Company’s policy to cease to carry accrued interest on commercial mortgage loans that are over 90 days delinquent. The Company held no non-income producing investments as of December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

Realized investment gains and losses net include gains and losses on investment sales and write-downs in value due to other-than-temporary declines in fair value. Realized capital gains and losses on investment sales, including principal payments, are determined on a specific identification basis.

Recognition of Premium Revenues and Fees, and Related Policyholders’ Benefits and Interest Credited

Prior to April 1, 2014 or the periods prior to April 1, 2014 (the “Predecessor Periods”), the Company had reinsurance agreements whereby all premiums, fee income from policyholders and returns credited to policyholders, policyholder benefits and substantially all expenses were ceded to ALIC and other reinsurers. Amounts reflected in the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) are presented net of reinsurance.

Traditional life insurance products consist principally of products with fixed and guaranteed premiums and benefits, primarily term and whole life insurance products. Premiums from these products are recognized as revenue when due from policyholders. Surrender values on traditional life and death benefits are reflected in policyholder benefits.

Immediate annuities with life contingencies provide insurance protection over a period that extends beyond the period during which premiums are collected. Premiums from these products are recognized as revenue when received at the inception of the contract. Benefits and expenses are recognized in relation to premiums. As of April 1, 2014, the Company has reinsurance agreements to transfer all the risk related to immediate annuities existing as of or prior to the Acquisition Date.

Interest-sensitive life contracts, such as universal life and single premium life, are insurance contracts whose terms are not fixed and guaranteed. The terms that may be changed include premiums paid by the policyholder, interest credited to the policyholder account balance and contract charges assessed against the policyholder account balance. Premiums from these contracts are reported as policyholder account balances. Fee income from policyholders consist of fees assessed against the policyholder account balance for the cost of insurance (mortality risk), contract administration and surrender of the policy prior to contractually specified dates. These charges are recognized as revenue when assessed against the policyholder account balance. Policyholder benefits include life-contingent benefit payments in excess of the policyholder account balance.

Contracts that do not subject the Company to significant risk arising from mortality or morbidity are referred to as investment contracts. Fixed annuities, including market value adjusted annuities, equity-indexed annuities and immediate annuities without life contingencies, are considered investment contracts. Consideration received for such contracts is reported as policyholder account balance deposits. Policy fees for investment contracts consist of fees assessed against the contractholder account balance for maintenance, administration and surrender of the contract prior to contractually specified dates, and are recognized when assessed against the policyholder account balance.

Return credited to policyholder funds represents interest accrued or paid on interest-sensitive life and investment contracts. Crediting rates for certain fixed annuities and interest-sensitive life contracts are adjusted periodically by the Company to reflect current market conditions subject to contractually guaranteed minimum rates. Crediting rates for indexed life and annuities are generally based on an equity index, such as the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index.

Policy charges for variable life and variable annuity products consist of fees assessed against the policyholder account balances for contract maintenance, administration, mortality, expense and surrender of the contract prior to contractually specified dates. Policy benefits incurred for variable life and variable annuity products include guaranteed minimum death, income, withdrawal and accumulation benefits.

The Company incurs costs in connection with renewal insurance business. All acquisition-related costs, including commissions, as well as all indirect costs, are expensed as incurred and reported in Other expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

Reinsurance accounting is applied for ceded and assumed transactions when the risk transfer provisions of ASC 944-40, Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts, have

been met. To meet risk transfer requirements, a long-duration reinsurance contract must transfer mortality or morbidity risks, and subject the reinsurer to a reasonable possibility of a significant loss. Those contracts that do not meet risk transfer requirements are accounted for using deposit accounting. For short duration contracts, to meet risk transfer requirements the reinsurer must assume significant insurance risk and have a reasonable possibility of experiencing significant loss.

With respect to ceded reinsurance, the Company values reinsurance recoverables on reported claims at the time the underlying claim is recognized in accordance with contract terms. For future policy benefits, the Company estimates the amount of reinsurance recoverables based on the terms of the reinsurance contracts and historical reinsurance recovery information. The reinsurance recoverables are based on what the Company believes are reasonable estimates and the balance is reported as an asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (Successor). However, the ultimate amount of the reinsurance recoverable is not known until all claims are settled. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Company from its obligations to policyholders, and failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company; consequently, allowances are established for amounts deemed uncollectible.

In the Predecessor periods, or the periods prior to April 1, 2014, the Company had reinsurance agreements whereby all insurance risks represented by premiums, fee income from policyholders, returns credited to policyholder account balances, policyholder benefits and substantially all expenses were ceded to ALIC and other reinsurers. Additionally, investment income earned on the assets that supported policyholder account balances and future policy benefits and other policyholder funds were not included in the Company’s financial statements, as those assets were owned and managed by ALIC and other reinsurers under the terms of the reinsurance agreements.

For interest-sensitive life products, VOBA is amortized over the life of the policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits (“EGP’s”) from margins on mortality, interest, expenses, and surrenders, all of which are net of reinsurance and include actual realized gains and losses on investments. For non-interest sensitive life products, such as term life insurance, VOBA is amortized in relation to premium. VOBA is reviewed periodically for loss recognition to ensure that the unamortized balance is recoverable from future earnings from the business. The carrying amount of VOBA is adjusted for the effects of realized and unrealized gains and losses on debt securities classified as AFS.

Separate accounts assets are carried at fair value. The assets of the separate accounts are legally segregated and available only to settle separate account contract obligations. Separate accounts liabilities represent the contractholders’ claims to the related assets and are carried at an amount equal to the separate accounts assets. Investment income and realized capital gains and losses of the separate accounts accrue directly to the contractholders, and therefore are not included in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Successor) or Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Predecessor). Deposits to and surrenders and withdrawals from the separate accounts are reflected in separate accounts liabilities and are not included in cash flows.

Absent any contract provision wherein the Company provides a guarantee, variable annuity and variable life insurance contractholders bear the investment risk that the separate accounts’ funds may not meet their stated investment objectives.

Policy liabilities are established for future policy benefits on certain annuity, life, and long term care policies. Such liabilities are established in amounts adequate to meet the estimated future obligations of policies in-force. Changes in policy and contract claims are recorded in policyholder benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

For ASC 944-20 products, benefit reserves are computed using the net level premium method for individual life, annuity and long-term care policies, and are based upon estimates as to future investment yield, mortality and lapse that include provisions for adverse deviation that were prevalent at the time the reserve was initially established. Mortality, morbidity and lapse assumptions for all policies are based on the Company’s own experience and industry standards.

Liabilities for outstanding claims and claims adjustment expenses are estimates of payments to be made on life and health insurance contracts for reported claims and claims adjustment expenses. A liability is also held for claims adjustment expenses incurred but not reported as of the balance sheet date. These liabilities are determined using case basis evaluations and statistical analyses and represent estimates of the ultimate cost of all claims incurred but not paid. These estimates are continually reviewed and adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments are reflected in current operations.

Future policy benefit reserves for fixed indexed annuity policies with returns linked to the performance of a specified market index are equal to the excess of the sum of the fair value of the embedded derivative and the host (or guaranteed) component over the policyholder account balance. The change in the fair value of the embedded derivative is linked to the performance of the equity option. The host value is established as of the date of acquisition and is equal to the account value, plus the value of the unexpired options at the date of acquisition, less the embedded derivative, and accreted over the policy’s life at a constant rate of interest.

The Company holds additional liabilities for its no lapse guarantees (associated with universal life) and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (associated with fixed indexed annuities). These are accounted for in accordance with ASC 944-20, Financial Services — Insurance Activities.

Policy liabilities and accruals are based on the various estimates discussed above. Although the adequacy of these amounts cannot be assured, the Company believes that policy liabilities and accruals will be sufficient to meet future obligations of policies in-force. The amount of liabilities and accruals, however, could be revised if the estimates discussed above are revised.

Policyholder account balances represent interest-bearing liabilities arising from the sale of products such as interest-sensitive life insurance and fixed annuities. Policyholder funds primarily comprise cumulative deposits received and interest credited to the contractholder less cumulative contract benefits, surrenders, withdrawals and contract charges for mortality or administrative expenses.

Future policy benefits reserves for the portion of fixed indexed annuities earning a fixed rate of interest, and other deferred annuity products are computed under a retrospective deposit method and represent policyholders’ account balances before applicable surrender charges. The prior year amount of $1.9 billion has been reclassified from Future Policy Benefits and Other Policyholder Liabilities to Policyholders’ Account Balances to conform with the current year presentation.

(“GMAB”) and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) are accounted for as embedded derivatives, with fair values calculated as the present value of expected future benefit payments to contractholders less the present value of assessed rider fees attributable to the embedded derivative feature. This methodology could result in either a liability or contra-liability balance, given changing capital market conditions and various actuarial assumptions. The Company’s GMIB, GMAB and GMWB reserves are ceded to external reinsurers. For additional information regarding the valuation of these optional living benefit features, see Note 10.

Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The realizability of deferred tax assets is assessed at each reporting date and a deferred tax asset valuation allowance is established when there is uncertainty that such assets will be realized. Tax positions are assessed under a two-step approach, which requires the assessment of recognition and measurement. The Company reports interest expense related to income tax matters and tax penalties in other operating expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The income tax provision is calculated under the liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities at the enacted tax rates. The principal assets and liabilities giving rise to such differences are unrealized capital gains and losses, accrued expenses and reinsurance recoverables. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is established when there is uncertainty that such assets will be realized.

Effective April 1, 2014, and with Nebraska Department of Insurance (the “NE DOI” or the “Department of Insurance”) approval, Lancaster Re issued a variable funding Surplus Note (the “Surplus Note”) to its affiliate, Lanis, LLC. for $513 million and acquired from Lanis a Vehicle Note (the “Vehicle Note”) for $513 million. The Vehicle Note is held to support a portion of Lancaster Re’s reinsurance obligations and has been authorized as an acceptable form of reinsurance collateral pursuant to Nebraska Rev. Stat. §44-8216(8)(c)(i) which allows a special purpose financial captive insurer to establish any method of security that the Department deems acceptable. The scheduled maturity date of the Vehicle Note is April 1, 2034, and the scheduled maturity date of the Surplus Note is April 1, 2039, although each may be cancelled earlier or extended under certain conditions. The Surplus Note does not repay principal prior to maturity and principal payment at maturity is subject to the prior approval of the Department of Insurance. With pre-approval, the Surplus Note is increased each quarter with a corresponding increase in the Vehicle Note. With Department pre-approval, interest on the Surplus Note for the prior quarter is paid on the first day of each subsequent quarter at a rate consistent with the rate received on the Vehicle Note of 4%. The Surplus Note and Vehicle Note increased by $57.1 million and $38.6 million in the Successor Periods for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively. Interest expense of $22.9 million and $15.7 million was recognized in the Successor Periods for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively. The Surplus Note is unsecured and subordinated to all present and future indebtedness, policy claims and other creditor claims of Lancaster Re.

Other assets consist primarily of premiums due, intangible assets, the Vehicle Note and receivables resulting from sales of securities that had not yet settled at the balance sheet date. Other liabilities consist primarily of accrued expenses, technical overdrafts, derivatives, and payables resulting from purchases of securities that had not yet been settled at the balance sheet date.

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year financial statement presentation.

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance requiring expanded disclosures about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. The guidance requires the presentation of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by income statement line item, but only if the amount reclassified is required under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional detail about those amounts is required. The Company adopted the new guidance in 2013. The new guidance affects disclosures only and therefore had no impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

Effective November 18, 2014, the Company adopted new guidance on when, if ever, the cost of acquiring an entity should be used to establish a new accounting basis (“pushdown”) in the acquired entity’s separate financial statements. The guidance provides an acquired entity and its subsidiaries with an irrevocable option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. If a reporting entity elects to apply pushdown accounting, its stand-alone financial statements would reflect the acquirer’s new basis in the acquired entity’s assets and liabilities. The election to apply pushdown accounting should be determined by an acquired entity for each individual change-in-control event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity; however, an entity that does not elect to apply pushdown accounting in the period of a change-in-control can later elect to retrospectively apply pushdown accounting to the most recent change-in-control transaction as a change in accounting principle. The Company has applied pushdown accounting as a result of the Acquisition in the Successor Period, as disclosed in Note 1.

In January 2014, the FASB issued updated guidance for troubled debt restructurings clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and when a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan. The new guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. This guidance can be elected for prospective adoption or by using a modified retrospective transition method. The adoption of this new guidance in 2015 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued a comprehensive new revenue recognition standard effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those years and should be applied retrospectively. In August 2015, the FASB amended the guidance to defer the effective date by one year, effective for the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The new guidance will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP; however, it will not impact the accounting for insurance contracts, leases, financial instruments and guarantees. For those contracts that are impacted by the new guidance, the guidance will require an entity to recognize revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled, in exchange for those goods or services. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the guidance on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and financial statement disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued guidance requiring that mortgage loans be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if certain conditions are met. Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The new guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.

In February 2015, the FASB issued updated guidance regarding consolidation. The pronouncement eliminates specialized guidance for limited partnerships and similar legal entities, and removes the indefinite deferral for certain investment funds. The new guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. This guidance is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.

In May 2015, the FASB issued new guidance on short-duration insurance contracts. The amendments in this new guidance are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The new guidance should be applied retrospectively by providing comparative disclosures for each period presented, except for those requirements that apply only to the current period. The new guidance requires insurance entities to provide users of financial statements with more transparent information about initial claim estimates and subsequent adjustments to these estimates, including information on: (i) reconciling from the claim development table to the balance sheet liability; (ii) methodologies and judgments in estimating claims; and (iii) the timing, and frequency of claims. This guidance is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.

In May 2015, the FASB issued new guidance on fair value measurement effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years and which should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. Earlier application is permitted. The amendments remove the requirement to categorize within the fair value hierarchy all investments for which fair value is measured using NAV per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient. In addition, the amendments remove the requirement to make certain disclosures for all investments that are eligible to be measured at fair value using the NAV per share practical expedient. This guidance is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.

In April 2015, the FASB issued new guidance on accounting for fees paid in a cloud computing arrangement, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the new guidance is permitted and an entity can elect to adopt the guidance either: (1) prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date; or (2) retrospectively. The new guidance provides that all software licenses included in cloud computing arrangements be accounted for consistent with other licenses of intangible assets. However, if a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the arrangement should be accounted for as a service contract, the accounting for which did not change. This guidance is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.

In January 2016, the FASB issued new guidance on the recognition and measurement of financial instruments. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for the instrument-specific credit risk provision. The new guidance changes the current accounting guidance related to: (i) the classification and measurement of certain equity investments; (ii) the presentation of changes in the fair value of financial liabilities measured under

the fair value option that are due to instrument-specific credit risk; and (iii) certain disclosures associated with the fair value of financial instruments. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the guidance on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and financial statement disclosures.

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value for fixed maturities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

The scheduled maturities for fixed maturities are as follows as of December 31, 2015:

Actual maturities may differ from those scheduled as a result of calls and make-whole payments by the issuers. Asset and mortgage-backed securities are shown separately because of the potential for prepayment of principal prior to contractual maturity dates.

The Company diversifies its commercial mortgage loan portfolio by geographical region to reduce concentration risk. The following table presents the Company’s commercial mortgage loan portfolio by geographical region as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

The credit quality of commercial mortgage loans held-for-investment were as follows at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had no allowance for credit losses for commercial mortgage loans. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $1,509 million and $1,139 million, respectively, of commercial mortgage loans were in current status with no commercial mortgage or other loans classified as past due. The Company defines current in its aging of past due commercial mortgage and other loans as less than 30 days past due.

Impaired loans include those loans for which it is probable that all amounts due will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company held no impaired commercial mortgage loans.

The Company’s commercial mortgage may occasionally be involved in a troubled debt restructuring. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had no commitments to fund to borrowers that have been involved in a troubled debt restructuring. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had no new troubled debt restructurings related to commercial mortgage and no payment defaults on commercial mortgages.

The following table sets forth the composition of “Other invested assets” as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

Net investment income for Successor Periods for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and Predecessor Periods for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows:

Realized investment gains and losses for Successor Periods for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and Predecessor Periods for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows:

There were no other-than-temporary impairment losses recorded in the Successor Periods for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

There were no other-than-temporary impairment losses recorded in the Predecessor Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014. Realized capital gains and losses in the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 included $2 thousand of other-than-temporary impairment losses related to RMBS, none of which were included in other comprehensive income. No other-than-temporary impairment losses were included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2015 or as of December 31, 2014.

Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities and gross realized investment gains and losses for Successor Periods for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and Predecessor Periods for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows:

Proceeds from sales excludes taxable exchanges of $72.4 million and $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively.

The following table summarizes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of fixed maturities by the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

The Company has a comprehensive portfolio monitoring process to identify and evaluate each fixed maturity security whose carrying value may be other-than-temporarily impaired.

For each fixed maturity security in an unrealized loss position, the Company assesses whether management with the appropriate authority has made the decision to sell or whether it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of the amortized cost basis for reasons such as liquidity, contractual or regulatory purposes. If a security meets either of these criteria, the security’s decline in fair value is considered other-than-temporary and is recorded in earnings.

If the Company has not made the decision to sell the fixed maturity security and it is not more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the Company evaluates whether it expects to receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The Company calculates the estimated recovery value by discounting the best estimate of future cash flows at the security’s original or current effective rate, as appropriate, and compares this to the amortized cost of the security. If the Company does not expect to receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the fixed maturity security, the credit loss component of the impairment is recorded in earnings, with the remaining amount of the unrealized loss related to other factors recognized in other comprehensive income.

The Company’s portfolio monitoring process includes a quarterly review of all securities to identify instances where the fair value of a security compared to its amortized cost is below established thresholds. The process also includes the monitoring of other impairment indicators such as ratings, ratings downgrades and payment defaults. The securities identified, in addition to other securities for which the Company may have a concern, are evaluated for potential other-than-temporary impairment using all reasonably available information relevant to the collectability or recovery of the security. Inherent in the Company’s evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment for these fixed maturity securities are assumptions and estimates about the financial condition and future earnings potential of the issue or issuer. Some of the factors that may be considered in evaluating whether a decline in fair value is other than temporary are: 1) the financial condition, near-term and long-term prospects of the issue or issuer, including relevant industry specific market conditions and trends, geographic location and implications of rating agency actions and offering prices; 2) the specific reasons that a security is in an unrealized loss position, including overall market conditions which could affect liquidity; and 3) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost.

See Note 2 for a description of the Company’s accounting policies for derivatives and Note 5 for information about the fair value hierarchy for derivatives.

The following table provides a summary of the notional and fair value positions of derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

The standardized ISDA Master Agreement under which the Company’s derivative transactions are executed include provisions for payment netting. In the normal course of business activities, if there is more than one derivative transaction with a single counterparty, the Company will set-off the cash flows of those derivatives into a single amount to be exchanged in settlement of the resulting net payable or receivable with that counterparty. The Company nets the fair value of all derivative financial instruments with counterparties for which an ISDA Master Agreement and related Credit Support Annex (“CSA”) have been executed. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company held $0.8 million and $6.4 million in cash and securities collateral delivered by trade counterparties. This cash collateral is reported in Cash on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The following table presents the amount and location of gains (losses) recognized in income, net of reinsurance, for derivatives that were not designated or qualifying as hedging instruments for the Successor Period for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014:

The following table presents the amount and location of gains (losses) recognized in income for derivatives that were not designated or qualifying as hedging instruments for the Predecessor Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013:

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The hierarchy for inputs used in determining fair value maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Assets and liabilities recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (Successor) at fair value are categorized in the fair value hierarchy based on the observability of inputs to the valuation techniques as follows:

The availability of observable inputs varies by instrument. In situations where fair value is based on internally developed pricing models or inputs that are unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. The degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is typically greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. In many instances, valuation inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. The category level in the fair value hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market disruption. In periods of market disruption, the ability to observe prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments.

The Company is responsible for the determination of fair value and the supporting assumptions and methodologies. The Company gains assurance that assets and liabilities are appropriately valued through the execution of various processes and controls designed to ensure the overall reasonableness and consistent

application of valuation methodologies, including inputs and assumptions, and compliance with accounting standards. For fair values received from third parties or internally estimated, the Company’s processes and controls are designed to ensure that the valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistently applied, the inputs and assumptions are reasonable and consistent with the objective of determining fair value, and the fair values are accurately recorded. For example, on a continuing basis, the Company assesses the reasonableness of individual fair values that have stale security prices or that exceed certain thresholds as compared to previous fair values received from valuation service providers or brokers or derived from internal models. The Company performs procedures to understand and assess the methodologies, processes and controls of valuation service providers. In addition, the Company may validate the reasonableness of fair values by comparing information obtained from valuation service providers or brokers to other third party valuation sources for selected securities. The Company performs ongoing price validation procedures such as back-testing of actual sales, which corroborate the various inputs used in internal models to market observable data. When fair value determinations are expected to be more variable, the Company validates them through reviews by members of management who have relevant expertise and who are independent of those charged with executing investment transactions.

There are no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014. The following table summarizes the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. In 2015, U.S. Treasury securities were transferred to Level 1 as those securities are traded in an active market. The prior year presentation has been updated to conform to the current year presentation.

Summary of significant valuation techniques for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The fair values of the Company’s public fixed maturity securities are generally based on prices obtained from independent pricing services. Prices for each security are generally sourced from multiple pricing vendors, and a vendor hierarchy is maintained by asset type based on historical pricing experience and vendor expertise. The Company ultimately uses the price from the pricing service highest in the vendor hierarchy based on the respective asset type. The pricing hierarchy is updated for new financial products and recent pricing experience with various vendors. Consistent with the fair value hierarchy described above, securities with validated quotes from pricing services are generally reflected within Level 2, as they are primarily based on observable pricing for similar assets and/or other market observable inputs. U.S. Treasury securities are included within Level 1 due to the market activity. Typical inputs used by these pricing services include but are not limited to, reported trades, benchmark

yields, issuer spreads, bids, offers, and/or estimated cash flow, prepayment speeds, and default rates. If the pricing information received from third party pricing services is deemed not reflective of market activity or other inputs observable in the market, the Company may challenge the price through a formal process with the pricing service or classify the securities as Level 3. If the pricing service updates the price to be more consistent with the presented market observations, the security remains within Level 2.

Indicative broker quotes are also used to determine fair value in circumstances where vendor pricing is not available, or where the Company ultimately concludes that pricing information received from independent pricing services is not reflective of market activity. If the Company concludes the values from both pricing services and brokers are not reflective of market activity, it may override the information with an internally-developed valuation. Pricing service overrides, internally-developed valuations and indicative broker quotes are generally included in Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of private fixed maturities, which are comprised of investments in private placement securities are primarily determined using discounted cash flow models. These models primarily use observable inputs that include Treasury or similar base rates plus estimated credit spreads to value each security. The credit spreads are obtained through a survey of private market intermediaries who are active in both primary and secondary transactions, and consider, among other factors, the credit quality and industry sector of the issuer and the reduced liquidity associated with private placements. Since most private placements are valued using standard market observable inputs and inputs derived from, or corroborated by, market observable data including observed prices and spreads for similar publicly traded or privately traded issues, they have been reflected within Level 2. For certain private fixed maturities, the discounted cash flow model may incorporate significant unobservable inputs, which reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset. To the extent management determines that such unobservable inputs are significant to the price of a security, a Level 3 classification is made. No private placement securities were classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

Short-term investments include money market instruments, highly liquid debt instruments and certain other investments. Certain money market instruments are valued using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible for identical assets and are primarily classified as Level 1. The remaining instruments in this category are generally fair valued based on market observable inputs and these investments have primarily been classified within Level 2. Short-term investments classified within Level 3 primarily consist of commercial mortgage loans. The fair value of the commercial mortgage loans is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the appropriate U.S. Treasury rate plus an appropriate credit spread for similar quality loans.

The estimated fair value of derivatives is determined through the use of quoted market prices for exchange-traded derivatives.

Separate account assets and liabilities consist principally of investments in mutual fund shares. The fair values are based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and are classified within Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy.

The liabilities for guarantees primarily associated with the optional living benefit features of certain variable annuity contracts and equity indexed annuity contracts are calculated as the present value of future expected benefit payments to contractholders less the present value of assessed rider fees attributable to the optional living benefit feature. This methodology could result in either a liability or contra-liability balance, given changing capital market conditions and various actuarial assumptions. Since there is no observable active market for the transfer of these obligations, the valuations are calculated using internally developed models with option pricing techniques. The models are based on a risk neutral valuation framework and incorporate premiums for risks inherent in valuation techniques, inputs, and the general uncertainty around the timing and amount of future cash flows. The determination of these risk premiums requires the use of management judgment.

The significant inputs to the valuation models for these embedded derivatives include capital market assumptions, such as interest rate levels and volatility assumptions, as well as actuarially determined assumptions, including contractholder behavior, such as lapse rates, benefit utilization rates, withdrawal rates, and mortality rates. Since many of these assumptions are unobservable and are considered to be significant inputs to the liability valuation, the liability included in future policy benefits has been reflected within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Actuarial assumptions, including contractholder behavior and mortality, are reviewed at least annually, and updated based upon emerging experience, future expectations and other data, including any observable market data. These assumptions are generally updated annually unless a material change that the Company feels is indicative of a long term trend is observed in an interim period.

The following table summarizes quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements:

Excluded from the table above at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 are approximately $26 million and $15 million, respectively, Level 3 fair value measurements of investments for which the underlying quantitative inputs are not developed by the Company and are not reasonably available. These investments primarily consist of certain public debt securities with limited trading activity, including asset-backed instruments, and their fair values generally reflect unadjusted prices obtained from independent valuation service providers and indicative, non-binding quotes obtained from third-party broker-dealers recognized as market participants. Significant increases or decreases in the fair value amounts received from these pricing sources may result in the Company’s reporting significantly higher or lower fair value measurements for these Level 3 investments.

The table above also excludes underlying quantitative inputs related to liabilities held for the Company’s guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits and guaranteed withdrawal benefits. These liabilities are not developed by the Company as they are 100% ceded to external reinsurers. The development of these liabilities generally involve actuarially determined models and could result in the Company reporting significantly higher or lower fair value measurements for these Level 3 investments.

The following table presents the rollforward of Level 3 assets and liabilities held at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014:

Transfers into Level 3 are generally the result of unobservable inputs utilized within the valuation methodologies and the use of indicative broker quotes for assets that were previously valued using observable inputs. Transfers out of Level 3 are generally due to the use of observable inputs in valuation methodologies as well as the availability of pricing service information for certain assets that the Company is able to validate.

The following table presents the carrying amount and fair value by fair value hierarchy level of certain financial instruments that are not reported at fair value. The financial instruments presented below are reported at carrying value on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet; however, in some cases, as described below, the carrying amount equals or approximates fair value as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

The fair values presented above have been determined by using available market information and by applying market valuation methodologies, as described in more detail below.

The fair value of most commercial mortgage loans is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the appropriate U.S. Treasury rate plus an appropriate credit spread for similar quality loans.

The fair value of policy loans was determined by discounting expected cash flows at the current loan coupon rate. As a result, the carrying value of the policy loans approximates the fair value.

The Company believes that due to the short-term nature of certain assets, the carrying value approximates fair value.

The fair value of the Vehicle note and Other long-term debt is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the appropriate U.S. Treasury rate.

Only the portion of policyholders’ account balances related to products that are investment contracts (those without significant mortality or morbidity risk) are reflected in the table above. For fixed deferred annuities fair values are derived using discounted projected cash flows based on interest rates that are representative of the Company’s financial strength ratings, and hence reflect the Company’s own nonperformance risk. For those balances that can be withdrawn by the customer at any time without prior notice or penalty, the fair value is the amount estimated to be payable to the customer as of the reporting date, which is generally the carrying value.

Summary of significant valuation techniques for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

U.S. government and agencies: The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields and credit spreads.

Municipal: The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields and credit spreads.

Corporate, including privately placed: The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields and credit spreads. Also included are privately placed securities valued using a discounted cash flow model that is widely accepted in the financial services industry and uses market observable inputs and inputs derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data. The primary inputs to the discounted cash flow model include an interest rate yield curve, as well as published credit spreads for similar assets in markets that are not active that incorporate the credit quality and industry sector of the issuer.

Foreign government: The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields and credit spreads.

RMBS: The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields, prepayment speeds, collateral performance and credit spreads.

CMBS: The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields, collateral performance and credit spreads.

The following table presents the rollforward of Level 3 assets and liabilities held at fair value on a recurring basis during the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014.

The following table presents the rollforward of Level 3 assets and liabilities held at fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Transfers between level categorizations may occur due to changes in the availability of market observable inputs, which generally are caused by changes in market conditions such as liquidity, trading volume or bid-ask spreads. Transfers between level categorizations may also occur due to changes in the valuation source. For example, in situations where a fair value quote is not provided by the Company’s independent third-party valuation service provider and as a result the price is stale or has been replaced with a broker quote whose inputs have not been corroborated to be market observable, the security is transferred into Level 3. Transfers in and out of level categorizations are reported as having occurred at the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred. Therefore, for all transfers into Level 3, all realized and changes in unrealized gains and losses in the quarter of transfer are reflected in the Level 3 rollforward table.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 or 2013.

The following table provides the change in unrealized gains and losses included in net income for Level 3 assets and liabilities.

The amounts in the table above represent the change in unrealized gains and losses included in net income for the period of time that the asset or liability was determined to be in Level 3. The amount attributable to derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts is reported as follows: $17.6 million in interest credited to contractholder funds and $946 thousand in contract benefits in the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014, $33.0 million in interest credited to contractholder funds and $10.2 million in contract benefits in 2013. These amounts are ceded in accordance with the Company’s reinsurance agreements.

The Company has agreements that provide for reinsurance of certain policy-related risks. Under the agreements, premiums, contract charges, interest credited to policyholder funds, policy benefits and substantially all expenses are reinsured. The Company purchases reinsurance to limit aggregate and single losses on large risks. The Company cedes a portion of the mortality risk on certain life and long-term care policies under coinsurance agreements to a pool of twelve non-affiliated reinsurers. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, approximately 99% of the Company’s non-affiliated reinsurance recoverables are due from companies rated A- or better by S&P. ALIC represents over 65% of the Company’s reinsurance recoverables as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

On April 1, 2014, the Company entered into an experience rated modified coinsurance and monthly renewal term reinsurance arrangement with an external reinsurer under which risk on certain universal life and fixed annuity products is transferred. No portion of the assets constituting the consideration has been transferred to the reinsurer. This agreement was structured to finance reserves on certain universal life and fixed annuity products, in exchange for a fee based on those reserves. The profit to the reinsurer expected on the modified coinsurance and monthly renewable term portions is returned through an experience refund. The Company has determined that this agreement does not fulfill the requirements of risk transfer under generally accepted accounting principles and is accounted for on a deposit method of accounting. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had a deposit receivable and a modified coinsurance payable of $1,250 million and $1,383 million, respectively, related to this agreement.

The effects of reinsurance on premiums earned and fee income from policyholders for the Successor Period for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 were as follows:

The effects of reinsurance on return credited to policyholders’ account balances and policyholder benefits for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 were as follows:

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company had reinsurance agreements under which it reinsured all of its business to ALIC, Lincoln Benefit Re (“LB Re”) or non-affiliated reinsurers. Under the agreements, premiums, contract charges, interest credited to policyholders account balances, contract benefits and substantially all expenses were reinsured. The Company purchased reinsurance to limit aggregate and single losses on large risks. The Company ceded a portion of the mortality risk on certain life policies under coinsurance agreements to a pool of twelve non-affiliated reinsurers.

The effects of reinsurance on return credited to policyholders’ account balances, policyholder benefits and other expenses are as follows:

In connection with the Acquisition as defined in Note 1, ALIC made an election under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-36(d) for ALIC to eliminate tax basis in certain assets and tax attributes under the “unified loss rules”. As a result, the tax basis of certain of the Company’s assets was reduced immediately prior to the Acquisition. The reduced tax bases were used to determine the deferred tax impact under the acquisition method of accounting as discussed in Note 1.

The Company is party to a federal income tax allocation agreement (the “Tax Allocation Agreement”) with Lancaster Re. The Company and Lancaster Re will file a separate consolidated federal income tax return for the period April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and will continue to do so in future tax years under Internal Revenue Code Section 1504 (c)(1).

Following the Acquisition, the Company exited The Allstate Corporation’s consolidated federal income tax return and is no longer a party to the tax allocation agreement with its former affiliates. Final tax settlements were agreed to with The Allstate Corporation and no future tax allocations are expected to occur with The Allstate Corporation.

As part of the Acquisition, although the Company remains jointly and severally liable for consolidated tax liabilities, the Company is held harmless by ALIC in accordance with the Acquisition agreement and believes that the possibility of a tax liability for the pre-sale tax years is remote. Additionally, the Company does not believe it has any uncertain tax positions for its federal income tax return that would be material to its financial condition, results of income, or cash flows. Therefore, the Company did not record a liability for unrecognized tax contingencies/benefits at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2015, there were no uncertain tax positions for which management believes it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of tax contingencies will significantly increase within 12 months of the reporting date. No amounts have been accrued for interest or penalties.

The components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 are as follows:

The Company evaluates the recoverability of deferred tax assets and establishes a valuation allowance if necessary to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not expected to be realized. Considerable judgment is required in determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, and if so, the amount of such valuation allowance. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance the Company considers many factors, including: (1) the nature of the deferred tax assets and liabilities; (2) whether they are ordinary or capital; (3) in which tax jurisdictions they were generated and the timing of their reversal; (4) taxable income in prior carryback years as well as projected taxable earnings exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; (5) the length of time that any tax attribute carryovers can be utilized in the various taxing jurisdictions; (6) any unique tax rules that would impact the utilization of the deferred tax assets; and (7) prudent and feasible tax planning strategies that the Company would employ to avoid a tax benefit from expiring unused. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The Company had no valuation allowance as of December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014. With respect to deferred tax assets associated with investments, the Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities until recovery. Adjustments to the valuation allowance will be made if there is a change in management’s assessment of the amount of deferred tax asset that is realizable.

At December 31, 2015, the Company had no net operating loss carryforwards, no capital loss carryforwards, or tax credit carryforwards.

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective income tax rate on income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 were as follows:

Other represents the establishment of additional deferred tax liabilities that existed at the time of Acquisition and identified during the completion of the consolidated federal income tax return for the 2014 tax year.

The dividends received deduction (“DRD”) reduces the amount of dividend income subject to U.S. tax and is the primary component of the non-taxable investment income, and, as such, is a significant component of the difference between the Company’s effective tax rate and the federal statutory tax rate of 35%. The actual current year DRD can vary from the estimate based on factors such as, but not limited to, changes in the amount of dividends received that are eligible for the DRD, changes in the amount of distributions received from mutual fund investments, changes in the account balances of variable life and annuity contracts, and the Company’s taxable income before the DRD.

However, there remains the possibility that the IRS and the U.S. Treasury will address, through subsequent guidance, certain issues related to the calculation of the DRD. For the last several years, the revenue proposals included in the Obama Administration’s budgets included a proposal that would change the method used to determine the amount of the DRD. A change in the DRD, including the possible retroactive or prospective elimination of this deduction through guidance or legislation, could increase actual tax expense and reduce the Company’s consolidated net income.

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company joined The Allstate Corporation and its other subsidiaries (the “Allstate Group”) in the filing of a consolidated federal income tax return and was party to a federal income tax allocation agreement (the “Allstate Tax Sharing Agreement”). Under the Allstate Tax Sharing Agreement, the Company paid to or received from The Allstate Corporation the amount, if any, by which the Allstate Group’s federal income tax liability was affected by virtue of inclusion of the Company in the consolidated federal income tax return. The Company also had a supplemental tax sharing agreement with respect to reinsurance ceded to ALIC to allocate the tax benefits and costs related to such reinsurance. Effectively, these agreements resulted in the Company’s annual income tax provision being computed, with adjustments, as if the Company filed a separate return, adjusted for the reinsurance ceded to ALIC.

The IRS is currently examining the Allstate Group’s 2013 and 2014 federal income tax returns. The IRS completed the audit of the Allstate Group’s 2011 and 2012 federal income tax returns and issued a final Revenue Agent’s Report on June 10, 2015. The Allstate Group’s tax years prior to 2011 have been examined by the IRS and the statute of limitations has expired on those years. Any adjustments that may result from IRS examinations of the Allstate Group’s tax returns are not expected to have a material effect on the results of operations, cash flows or financial position of the Company.

The Company paid no income taxes in the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014. The Company paid income taxes of $4.2 million in 2013.

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective income tax rate on income from operations is as follows:

Life insurance liabilities include reserves for death benefits and other policy benefits. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities consisted of the following:

Future policy benefits are generally equal to the present value of future benefit payments and related expenses, less the present value of future net premiums. Assumptions as to mortality, morbidity and persistency are based on the Company’s experience, industry data, and/or other factors, when the basis of the reserve is established. Interest rates used in the determination of present values range from 2.5% to 6.0% for setting reserves.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, policyholders’ account balances consisted of the following:

Policyholders’ account balances represent an accumulation of account deposits plus credited interest less withdrawals, expenses and mortality charges, if applicable. These policyholders’ account balances also include provisions for benefits under non-life contingent payout annuities. Interest crediting rates range from 0.4% to 6.0% for interest sensitive contracts. Interest crediting rates for individual annuities range from 0.0% to 6.0%.

The Company offered traditional variable annuity contracts through its separate accounts for which investment income and investment gains and losses accrue directly to, and investment risk is borne by, the contractholder. The Company also offered variable annuity contracts with general and separate account options where the Company contractually guarantees to the contractholder a return of no less than total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals (“return of net deposits”). In certain of these variable annuity contracts, the Company also contractually guarantees to the contractholder a return of no less than (1) total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return (“minimum return”), and/or (2) the highest contract value on a specified date adjusted for any withdrawals (“contract value”). These guarantees include benefits that are payable in the event of death, annuitization or at specified dates during the accumulation period and withdrawal and income benefits payable during specified periods. The Company also issued annuity contracts with and without market value adjusted investment options (“MVAs”), which provide for a return of principal plus a fixed rate of return if held to maturity, or, alternatively, a “market adjusted value” if surrendered prior to maturity or if funds are allocated to other investment options. The market value adjustment may result in a gain or loss to the Company, depending on crediting rates or an indexed rate at surrender, as applicable. All of the risks associated with the Company’s variable annuity contracts are reinsured with external reinsurers.

In addition, the Company issues certain variable life, variable universal life and universal life contracts where the Company contractually guarantees to the contractholder a death benefit even when there is insufficient value to cover monthly mortality and expense charges, whereas otherwise the contract would typically lapse (“no lapse guarantee”). Variable life and variable universal life contracts are offered with general and separate account options similar to variable annuities.

The assets supporting the variable portion of both traditional variable annuities and certain variable contracts with guarantees are carried at fair value and reported as “Separate account assets” with an equivalent amount reported as “Separate account liabilities.” Amounts assessed against the contractholders for mortality, administration, and other services are included within revenue in fee income from policyholders and changes in liabilities for minimum guarantees are generally included in policyholder benefits in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Successor) and Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Predecessor).

For those guarantees of benefits that are payable in the event of death, the net amount at risk is generally defined as the current guaranteed minimum death benefit in excess of the current account balance at the balance sheet date. The Company’s primary risk exposures for these contracts relates to actual deviations from, or changes to, the assumptions used in the original pricing of these products, including fixed income and equity market returns, contract lapses and contractholder mortality.

For guarantees of benefits that are payable at annuitization, the net amount at risk is generally defined as the present value of the minimum guaranteed annuity payments available to the contractholder determined in accordance with the terms of the contract in excess of the current account balance. The Company’s primary risk exposures for these contracts relates to actual deviations from, or changes to, the assumptions used in the original pricing of these products, including fixed income and equity market returns, benefit utilization, timing of annuitization, contract lapses and contractholder mortality.

For guarantees of benefits that are payable at withdrawal, the net amount at risk is generally defined as the present value of the minimum guaranteed withdrawal payments available to the contractholder determined in accordance with the terms of the contract in excess of the current account balance. For guarantees of accumulation balances, the net amount at risk is generally defined as the guaranteed minimum accumulation balance minus the current account balance. The Company’s primary risk exposures for these contracts relates to actual deviations from, or changes to, the assumptions used in the original pricing of these products, including equity market returns, interest rates, market volatility or contractholder behavior used in the original pricing of these products.

The Company’s contracts with guarantees may offer more than one type of guarantee in each contract; therefore, the amounts listed may not be mutually exclusive. The liabilities related to the net amount at risk are reflected within Future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities or Policyholders’ account balances. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had the following guarantees associated with these contracts, by product and guarantee type:

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had the following guarantees associated with these contracts, by product and guarantee type:

The liabilities for guaranteed minimum death benefits (“GMDB”) and secondary guarantees on interest-sensitive life and fixed annuities are included in Future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor) and the related changes in the liabilities are included in Policyholder benefits in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Successor Period for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. Guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”), guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) and guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”) features are accounted for as bifurcated embedded derivatives and are recorded at fair value within Policyholders’ account balances on the Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor). The table below summarizes the changes in general account liabilities for guarantees on variable contracts.

The following table provides estimated percentage of the VOBA balance to be amortized for the years indicated:

The Company is subject to changing social, economic and regulatory conditions. From time to time, regulatory authorities or legislative bodies seek to impose additional regulations regarding agent and broker compensation, regulate the nature of and amount of investments, and otherwise expand overall regulation of insurance products and the insurance industry. The Company has established procedures and policies to facilitate compliance with laws and regulations, to foster prudent business operations, and to support financial reporting. The Company routinely reviews its practices to validate compliance with laws and regulations and with internal procedures and policies. As a result of these reviews, from time to time the Company may decide to modify some of its procedures and policies. Such modifications, and the reviews that led to them, may be accompanied by payments being made and costs being incurred. The ultimate changes and eventual effects of these actions on the Company’s business, if any, are uncertain.

The Company is currently being examined by certain states for compliance with unclaimed property laws. It is possible that this examination may result in additional payments of abandoned funds to states and to changes in the Company’s practices and procedures for the identification of escheatable funds, which could impact benefit payments and reserves, among other consequences; however, it is not likely to have a material effect on the financial statements of the Company.

The Company is assessed amounts by the state guaranty funds to cover losses to policyholders of insolvent or rehabilitated insurance companies. Those mandatory assessments may be partially recovered through a reduction in future premium taxes in certain states. At December 31, 2015, the Company accrued $6.7 million for guaranty fund assessments which is expected to be offset by estimated future premium tax deductions of $11.1 million.

The Company is involved from time to time in judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business. Management believes, based on currently available information, that the results of such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of the Company’s litigation and regulatory matters, particularly in cases or proceedings in which substantial or indeterminate damages or fines are sought, the Company cannot estimate losses or ranges of losses for cases or proceedings where there is only a reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred. However, the Company believes that at the present time there are no pending or threatened lawsuits that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In the normal course of its business, the Company has entered into agreements that include indemnities in favor of third parties, such as contracts with advisors and consultants, outsourcing agreements, information technology agreements and service agreements. The Company has also agreed to indemnify its directors, officers and employees in accordance with the Company’s by-laws. The Company believes any potential liability under these agreements is neither probable nor estimable. Therefore, the Company has not recorded any associated liability.

The Company prepares its statutory-basis financial statements in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the State of Nebraska. Prescribed statutory accounting practices include a variety of publications of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), as well as state laws, regulations and general administrative rules. Permitted statutory accounting practices encompass all accounting practices not so prescribed.

The State of Nebraska requires insurance companies domiciled in its state to prepare statutory-basis financial statements in conformity with the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual, subject to any deviations prescribed or permitted by the State of Nebraska Insurance Commissioner. Statutory accounting practices differ from GAAP primarily since they require establishing life insurance reserves based on different actuarial assumptions, and valuing certain investments at amortized cost. Statutory accounting practices do not give recognition to purchase accounting adjustments.

Statutory net income was $74 million and $226 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Statutory capital and surplus was $555 million and $719 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

The ability of the Company to pay dividends is dependent on business conditions, income, cash requirements and other relevant factors. The payment of shareholder dividends by the Company without the prior approval of the Department of Insurance is limited to formula amounts based on net income and capital and surplus, determined in conformity with statutory accounting practices, as well as, the timing and amount of dividends paid in the preceding twelve months. In connection with the Acquisition, prior approval of the Nebraska Director of Insurance is required for the Company for any dividend or distribution for five years subsequent to the Acquisition. The Company paid dividends of $187.0 million and $33.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively.

Without the prior approval of the Nebraska Director of Insurance, the Company may not:

Under state insurance laws, insurance companies are required to maintain paid up capital of not less than the minimum capital requirement applicable to the types of insurance they are authorized to write. Insurance companies are also subject to risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements adopted by state insurance regulators. A company’s “authorized control level RBC” is calculated using various factors applied to certain financial balances and activity. Companies that do not maintain statutory capital and surplus at a level in excess of the company action level RBC, which is two times authorized control level RBC, are required to take specified actions. Company action level RBC is significantly in excess of the minimum capital requirements.

In December 2014, the Company entered into a lease agreement, effective February 2015, to lease office space under a non-cancellable operating lease agreement that expires in January 31, 2026. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company made payments of $0.1 million pursuant to this operating lease. For the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the Company made no payments pursuant to this operating lease.

The minimum aggregate rental commitments as of December 31, 2015 were as follows:

On April 1, 2014, the Company entered into a management services agreement with Resolution. Under this agreement, Resolution and Lincoln Benefit provide services to each other including but not limited to compliance, legal, risk management, accounting and reporting, treasury, tax and other management related services. Services are provided at cost. Resolution provided $13.9 million and $21.1 million in services to Lincoln Benefit for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively.

Effective April 1, 2014, the Company entered into a Fee Letter (the “Fee Letter”) with Lanis LLC (“Lanis”) pursuant to which the Company will pay Lanis the risk spread due on the Vehicle Note issued by Lanis to Lancaster Re. The total expense related to this risk spread for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 was approximately $6.7 million and $4.3 million, respectively.

The Company reported the following receivables/ (payables) to affiliates as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):

Intercompany receivable and payable balances are evaluated on an individual company basis. Intercompany balances are generally settled quarterly.

The Company’s stock is pledged as collateral on Resolution’s term loan agreement with a syndicate of lenders (“Term Loan”). The maturity date of the loan is June 15, 2018. The Term Loan was funded on April 1, 2014.

On April 1, 2014, the Company and RLI entered into a Letter Agreement whereby from and after the fifth anniversary of the date of the agreement, if the Company makes any payment pursuant to the Fee Letter, within ten Business Days of such payment by the Company, RLI shall reimburse the Company in cash in an amount equal to such payment by the Company.

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company used services performed by its affiliates, Allstate Insurance Company (“AIC”), ALIC and Allstate Investments LLC, and business facilities owned or leased and operated by AIC in conducting its business activities. In addition, the Company shared the services of employees with AIC. The Company reimbursed its affiliates for the operating expenses incurred on behalf of the Company. The Company was charged for the cost of these operating expenses based on the level of services provided. Operating expenses allocated to the Company were $50.1 million and $249.7 million in the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014, for the years ended December 31, 2013, respectively. Of these costs, the Company retained investment related expenses on the invested assets that were not transferred under the reinsurance agreements. All other costs were ceded to ALIC under the reinsurance agreements.

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company had a service agreement with Allstate Distributors, L.L.C. (“ADLLC”), a broker-dealer company owned by ALIC, whereby ADLLC promoted and marketed products sold by the Company. In return for these services, the Company recorded expense of $12 thousand and $71 thousand in the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively, that was ceded to ALIC under the terms of the reinsurance agreements.

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company received distribution services from Allstate Financial Services, LLC, an affiliated broker-dealer company, for certain annuity and variable life insurance contracts sold by Allstate exclusive agencies. For these services, the Company incurred commission and other distribution expenses of $2.2 million and $7.7 million in the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively, that were ceded to ALIC under the terms of the reinsurance agreements.

The following table summarizes amounts that were ceded to ALIC under reinsurance agreements and reported net in the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income:

In September 2012, the Company entered into a coinsurance reinsurance agreement with LB Re to cede certain interest-sensitive life insurance policies to LB Re.

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company was a party to a federal income tax allocation agreement with The Allstate Corporation (see Note 7).

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company had an intercompany loan agreement with The Allstate Corporation.

No reinsurance or coinsurance income was netted against premiums ceded in the year ended December 31, 2015, the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the period from January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014, or the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following discussion highlights significant factors influencing the financial position and results of operations of Lincoln Benefit. It should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes found under Item 11(e) contained herein. We operate as a single segment entity, based on the manner in which we use financial information to evaluate business performance and to determine the allocation of resources.

The most important factors we monitor to evaluate the financial condition and performance of our Company include:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires the application of accounting policies that often involve a significant degree of judgment. Management, on an ongoing basis, reviews estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements. If management determines that modifications in assumptions and estimates are appropriate given current facts and circumstances, the Company’s results of operations and financial position as reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements could change significantly.

Management believes the critical accounting policies relating to the following areas are most dependent on the application of estimates, assumptions and judgments:

Policy liabilities are established for future policy benefits on certain annuity, life, and long term care policies. Such liabilities are established in amounts adequate to meet the estimated future obligations of policies in-force. Changes in policy and contract claims are recorded in policyholder benefits, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Liabilities for outstanding claims and claims adjustment expenses are estimates of payments to be made on life and health insurance contracts for reported claims and claims adjustment expenses. A liability is also held for claims adjustment expenses incurred but not reported as of the balance sheet date. These liabilities are determined using case basis evaluations and statistical analyses and represent estimates of the ultimate cost of all claims incurred but not paid. These estimates are continually reviewed and adjusted as necessary; such adjustments are reflected in current operations.

Future policy benefit reserves for fixed indexed annuity policies with returns linked to the performance of a specified market index are equal to the excess of the sum of the fair value of the embedded derivative and the host (or guaranteed) component over the policyholder account balance. The change in the fair value of the embedded derivative is linked primarily to the performance of the equity option. The host value is established as of the date of acquisition and is equal to the total account value, plus the value of the unexpired options at the date of acquisition, less the embedded derivative, and accreted over the policy’s life at a constant rate of interest.

Future policy benefits reserves for the portion of fixed indexed annuities earning a fixed rate of interest and other deferred annuity products are computed under a retrospective deposit method and represent policyholders’ account balances before applicable surrender charges.

The Company holds additional liabilities for its no lapse guarantees (associated with universal life policies) and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) associated with fixed annuities, which are accounted for in accordance with ASC 944-20, Financial Services — Insurance Activities. The Company’s reserves related to guaranteed minimum income benefits, guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits, and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits associated with variable annuities are ceded to third party reinsurers.

The Company’s liability for future policy benefits also includes reserves based on the present value of estimated future payments to or on behalf of contractholders, where the timing and amount of payment depends on policyholder mortality. Expected mortality is generally based on the Company’s experience, industry data, and/or other factors. Interest rate assumptions are based on factors such as market conditions and expected investment

returns. After the initial establishment of reserves, premium deficiency and loss recognition tests are performed using best estimate assumptions as of the testing date without provisions for adverse deviation. When the liabilities for future policy benefits plus the present value of expected future gross premiums for the aggregate product group are insufficient to provide for expected future policy benefits and expenses for that line of business (i.e., reserves net of any VOBA asset), VOBA would first be written off and thereafter, if required, a premium deficiency reserve would be established by a charge to earnings.

In conjunction with the acquisition of a block of insurance policies or investment contracts, a portion of the purchase price is allocated to the right to receive future gross profits from the acquired insurance policies or investment contracts. This intangible asset, called value of business acquired, represents the estimated present value of future profits from the acquired policies. The estimated present value of future cash flows is based on certain assumptions, including mortality, persistency, expenses, and interest rates that the Company expects to experience in future years. For interest sensitive products, VOBA is amortized over the life of the policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits from margins on mortality, interest, expenses, and surrenders, all of which are net of reinsurance and include actual realized gains and losses on investments. For non-interest sensitive products, such as term life insurance, VOBA is amortized in relation to premium. VOBA is reviewed periodically for loss recognition to ensure that the unamortized balance is recoverable from future earnings from the business. For certain contracts, this evaluation is performed as part of our premium deficiency testing. The carrying amount of VOBA is adjusted for the effects of realized and unrealized gains and losses on debt securities classified as available-for-sale.

Annually, we perform a comprehensive review of the assumptions used in estimating gross profits for future periods. We perform our annual review of assumptions during the third quarter.

Updates to assumptions may cause significant variability in amortization expense in the future. The impact on our results of operations of changes in lapse experience, mortality and revisions to expected future rates of return on investments can be offsetting and therefore we are unable to predict their movement or offsetting impact over time.

The quarterly adjustments for current period experience reflect the impact of differences between actual gross profits for a given period and the previously estimated expected gross profits for that period. To the extent each period’s actual experience differs from the previous estimate for that period, the assumed level of total gross profits may change. In these cases, we recognize a cumulative adjustment to all previous periods’ amortization, also referred to as an experience true-up adjustment.

For our equity-indexed annuity, variable and universal life policies, a significant portion of our gross profits is derived from interest and mortality margins. As a result, our estimates of future gross profits are significantly influenced by our interest and mortality assumptions. Our mortality assumptions are used to estimate future death claims over the life of these policies and may be developed based on Company experience, industry experience and other factors. Unless a material change in mortality experience that we feel is indicative of a long term trend is observed in an interim period, we generally update our mortality assumptions annually. Updates to our mortality assumptions in future periods could have a significant adverse or favorable effect on our results of operations.

The following table provides a demonstration of the sensitivity of the VOBA balance relative to our future interest and mortality assumptions by quantifying the adjustments that would be required, assuming both an

increase and decrease in our future interest and mortality margin by 10%. The information below is for illustrative purposes only and reflects only the direct effect of changes in our interest and mortality margin on the VOBA balance with no changes in any other assumptions such as persistency or expenses included in our evaluation of VOBA.

In addition to the impacts of interest and mortality experience relative to our assumptions, other factors may also drive variability in amortization expense, particularly when our annual assumption updates are performed. As noted above, however, the impact on our results of operations of changes in these assumptions can be offsetting and we are unable to predict their movement or offsetting impact over time.

Valuation of Investments, Including Derivatives, and the Recognition of Other-than-Temporary Impairments

Our investment portfolio consists of public and private fixed maturity securities, commercial mortgage and other loans, other invested assets and derivative financial instruments. Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are derived from interest rates, financial indices or the values of securities. The derivative financial instruments we generally use are futures and options. Management believes the following accounting policies related to investments, including derivatives, are most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions. Each of these policies is discussed further within other relevant disclosures related to the investments and derivatives, as referenced below:

We present at fair value in the statements of financial position our investments classified as available-for-sale, including fixed maturities, derivatives, and embedded derivatives. For additional information regarding the key estimates and assumptions surrounding the determination of fair value of fixed maturity and equity securities, as well as derivative instruments, embedded derivatives and other investments, see Notes 2 and 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

For our investments classified as available-for-sale, the impact of changes in fair value is recorded as an unrealized gain or loss in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net (“AOCI”), a separate component of equity. For a discussion of our policies regarding other-than-temporary declines in investment value and the related methodology for recording other-than-temporary impairments of fixed maturity and equity securities, see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commercial mortgage loans (“CMLs”) acquired at fair value as a result of the Acquisition are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. CMLs held by the Company are diversified by property type and geographic area throughout the U.S. CMLs are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will not collect amounts due according to the terms of the original loan agreement. The Company assesses the impairment of loans individually for all loans in the portfolio. The Company estimates the fair value of the underlying collateral using internal valuations generally based on discounted cash flow analyses. The Company estimates an allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) representing potential credit losses embedded in the CML portfolio. The estimate is based on a consistently applied analysis of the loan portfolio and takes into consideration all available information, including industry, geographical, economic and political factors.

Income taxes represent the net amount of income taxes that the Company expects to pay to or receive from various taxing jurisdictions in connection with its operations. The Company provides for Federal and state income taxes currently payable, as well as those deferred due to temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet date using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryforward periods under the tax law in the applicable jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when management determines, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management considers all available evidence including past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent years, forecasted earnings, future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. The Company’s accounting for income taxes represents management’s best estimate of the tax consequences of various events and transactions.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and deferred tax assets and liabilities, and in evaluating the Company’s tax positions including evaluating uncertainties under the guidance for Accounting for Uncertainty in Income taxes. Under the guidance, the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the financial statements. The Company’s liability for income taxes includes the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and interest that relate to tax years still subject to review by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or other taxing authorities. We do not anticipate any significant changes within the next 12 months to our total unrecognized tax benefits related to tax years for which the statute of limitations has not expired.

A contingency is an existing condition that involves a degree of uncertainty that will ultimately be resolved upon the occurrence of future events. Under GAAP, reserves for contingencies are required to be established when the future event is probable and its impact can be reasonably estimated, such as in connection with an unresolved legal matter. The initial reserve reflects management’s best estimate of the probable cost of ultimate resolution of the matter and is revised accordingly as facts and circumstances change and, ultimately, when the matter is brought to closure.

Overview and strategy. Prior to July 18, 2013, we sold interest-sensitive, traditional and variable life insurance, and fixed annuities including deferred and immediate through independent master brokerage agencies. Effective January 1, 2014, we no longer offer fixed annuities such as deferred and immediate annuities, however we continue to receive deposits on existing policies.

On April 1, 2014, all of the capital stock in Lincoln Benefit was acquired by Resolution Life, Inc. Immediately prior to that closing, Lincoln Benefit signed a Partial Commutation Agreement with ALIC (the “Partial Commutation”), whereby we commuted certain business previously reinsured to ALIC, including: (a) all of the fixed deferred annuity, value adjusted deferred annuity and indexed deferred annuity business written by the Company that was previously reinsured to ALIC; (b) all of the life insurance business written by the Company through independent producers that was previously reinsured to ALIC, other than certain specified life business; and (c) all of the net liability of the Company with respect to the accident and health and long-term care insurance business written by the Company that was previously reinsured to ALIC.

Immediately after the announcement of the execution of the Purchase Agreement in July 2013, we ceased soliciting and selling new policies through our independent agent channel. We continued to sell new policies provided through the Allstate exclusive agency channel for a transitional period following the execution of the Purchase Agreement until they are transitioned to a new Allstate company.

In connection with the Acquisition, Resolution Life, Inc. and ALIC entered into a Transition Services Agreement (the “TSA”), pursuant to which ALIC continues to provide certain services for the Recaptured Business. In 2015, the administration of our deferred annuity and life business was outsourced to unaffiliated third-party service providers, se2, LLC and Alliance–One Services, Inc. ALIC continues to administer the ALIC Reinsured Business pursuant to the ASA.

At the closing, Lincoln Benefit entered into two transactions with Hannover Re. The first transaction provided financing for a portion of our statutory reserves associated with our universal life business with no- lapse guarantees and our level premium term life business (the “AXXX/XXX Financing”). The second transaction involved a reinsurance agreement with Hannover Re, structured on a combined modified coinsurance and monthly renewable term reinsurance basis.

Our parent company, Resolution Life, Inc., is focused on the management of in-force policies of life insurance companies. Pursuant to this strategy, Resolution Life, Inc. intends to acquire additional life insurance companies or runoff blocks of business from unrelated insurers. Resolution Life, Inc. may seek to combine portions of its acquired businesses in order to recognize efficiencies.

The financial statements are presented for Successor and Predecessor Periods, which relate to the accounting periods after and before April 1, 2014, respectively, the date of the closing of the Acquisition. For periods after April 1, 2014, the accompanying financial statements comprise the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary. Due to the Acquisition and the application of push-down accounting, different bases of accounting have been used to prepare the Predecessor and Successor financial statements. A black line separates the Predecessor and Successor financial statements to highlight the lack of comparability between these two periods.

As a result of the Acquisition and Partial Commutation effective April 1, 2014, comparison of the results of operations for the pre- and post-acquisition periods is not meaningful. For purposes of the Management Discussion and Analysis, the Company has provided comparative analysis of the Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014. For the Results of Operations, the Company has provided summary level information for the Successor and Predecessor Periods, but has only provided more detailed analysis of the components of operations for the Successor Period.

The following table outlines amounts reported in the Company’s Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2015 as compared to December 31, 2014:

Total assets decreased by $1.1 billion, from $20.7 billion at December 31, 2015 to $19.6 billion at December 31, 2015. Assets decline as the closed block of policies surrender, primarily our annuities and universal life blocks. Significant variances are as follows:

Cash and invested assets decreased by $1.2 billion, from $11.1 billion at December 31, 2014 to $9.9 billion at December 31, 2015. The asset portfolio declines as policy liabilities expire or surrender. The significant components of this balance and related decrease is described below.

The Company’s fixed maturities bond portfolio decreased by $1.5 billion from $9.4 billion at December 31, 2014 to and $7.9 billion at December 31, 2015. The decline is comprised of policy liability runoff and reinvestment into mortgage loans. The fixed maturities bond portfolio is comprised of approximately 75% of publicly traded securities and approximately 25% in privately placed issuances.

Mortgage loans increased by $0.4 billion from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2014 to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2015. The increase is related to reinvestment of maturing mortgage loans and fixed maturities to new mortgage loan originations to improve both yield and asset and liability matching.

Policy loans decreased by $7.6 million from $194.4 million at December 31, 2014 to $186.8 million at December 31, 2015. These balances are expected to continue to decline over time in conjunction with the runoff of the retained policies.

Derivatives decreased by $8.3 million from $26.0 million at December 31, 2014 to $17.7 million at December 31, 2015. These balances are comprised primarily of options and futures that are used to economically hedge the market risk inherent in the Company’s equity-indexed products. These assets are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized as realized investment gains for GAAP reporting purposes. The decline in these balances is primarily related to the equity market movement in 2015 and the expected runoff of our equity-indexed policies.

Cash and short-term investments decreased by $177.2 million from $411.1 million at December 31, 2014 to $233.9 million at December 31, 2015. The amount invested in cash and short-term investments fluctuates based on liquidity needs and the timing of investment decisions. Overall, short-term investments and cash range from 1% to 3% of overall invested assets.

Reinsurance recoverables arise under GAAP because reinsurance contracts do not relieve the ceding company of legal liability to contractholders, and therefore the ceding company is required to report reinsurance recoverables arising from these contracts separately as an asset while the policyholder liabilities ceded under these contracts are reported as future policyholder benefits or policyholder account balances.

Reinsurance recoverables increased by $289.5 million from $5.7 billion at December 31, 2014 to $6.0 billion as of December 31, 2015. This increase is primarily related to growth in long-term care reserves and the increase in business written by and ceded to ALIC. In 2015, ALIC continued to write new business in Lincoln Benefit, however this business is 100% ceded to ALIC under the existing coinsurance agreement.

Additionally, the Company maintains reinsurance to limit aggregate and single losses on large risks. The Company ceded a portion of the mortality risk on certain life policies under coinsurance agreements to a pool of twelve non-affiliated reinsurers.

Valuation of Business Acquired (“VOBA”) arises because at the Acquisition date, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed generally are required to be measured at fair value. Fair value for financial reporting purposes is defined in ASC 820 (“Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”). ASC 820 emphasizes that fair value is a market participant-based exit price measurement, and not an entity-specific measurement.

Once it has been determined that an asset exists, the VOBA as of the Acquisition date is a part of the business combination, and this asset is measured at fair value in accordance with ASC 820 (i.e., the price that would be received to sell the asset in an ordinary transaction between market participants).

The actuarial appraisal method was used to determine the VOBA by lines of business and resulted in a total VOBA of $290.8 million at the acquisition date. This was determined by projecting the present value of after tax statutory profits, discounted at a risk discount rate (“RDR”) of 12% and adjusted by projected cost of capital. This was compared to a fair deal RDR between 10% and 16% and determined to create a collar of reasonable values around this central value. This statutory value is then converted to VOBA by adjusting for GAAP to statutory accounting differences.

VOBA increased by $16.2 million from $231.5 million at December 31, 2014 to $247.7 at December 31, 2015. The increase is primarily attributable to the increase in the shadow adjustment resulting from the Company’s increase in gross unrealized losses in 2015. VOBA balances before the impact of unrealized losses and gains were $210.9 million and $251.8 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Deposit receivable and ModCo Payable decreased by $133.1 million from $1.4 billion at December 31, 2014 to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2015. The deposit receivable and modco payable arise from the modified

coinsurance/monthly renewable term reinsurance agreement entered into with Hannover Re. For GAAP reporting purposes, a reinsurance transaction must pass significant risk to the reinsurer for a company to record a credit for liabilities ceded. The Company has determined that the reinsurance transaction with Hannover Re does not pass GAAP risk transfer requirements and therefore must account for the transaction under deposit accounting principles. Under deposit accounting, the Company is required to establish a Deposit Receivable asset on the balance sheet that represents the reinsurance recoverable with an offsetting ModCo Liability for the same amount. The decrease in the balance is consistent with the runoff of the reinsured blocks of business. We will continue to see these balances decline as the annuity blocks run off.

Other assets increased by $102.4 million from $688.5 million at December 31, 2014 to $790.9 million at December 31, 2015. The balance is primarily comprised of an intercompany note, or “Vehicle Note” that the Company entered into on April 1, 2014 with its affiliate Lanis LLC (“Lanis”) in the initial amount of $513.0 million. The Vehicle Note balance increased by $57.1 million from $551.6 million at December 31, 2014 to $608.7 million at December 31, 2015. Please see the discussion on the related Surplus Note in the Long Term Debt section below.

Separate Account assets and liabilities decreased by $178.7 million from $1.6 billion at December 31, 2014 to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily driven by variable annuity surrenders and benefits during the year.

The assets of Separate Accounts are carried at fair value for GAAP. Separate Accounts liabilities represent the contractholders’ claims to the related assets and are carried at the fair value of the assets. In the event the asset values of certain contractholder accounts are projected to be below the value guaranteed by the Company, a liability is established through a charge to earnings.

Lincoln Benefit’s variable annuity business and a portion of the Variable Life business is reinsured by ALIC under an existing reinsurance agreement between Lincoln Benefit and ALIC. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, all assets of the Separate Accounts that support the variable annuity and variable life business were legally insulated.

Total liabilities decreased by $0.8 billion, from $20.0 billion at December 31, 2014 to $19.2 billion at December 31, 2015. The decrease consists of the following components:

Future policy benefits increased by $228.8 million from $4.5 billion at December 31, 2014 to $4.8 billion at December 31, 2015. Such liabilities are established to meet the estimated future obligations of policies in-force. The increase in these liabilities is primarily related to the increase in reserves established for secondary guarantees on universal life products.

Policyholders’ Account Balances decreased by $0.7 billion, from $11.8 billion at December 31, 2014 to $11.1 billion at December 31, 2015 as a result of policyholder maturities and surrenders. Policyholders’ account balances represent interest-bearing liabilities arising from the sale of products such as interest-sensitive life insurance and fixed annuities, and are comprised of cumulative deposits received and interest credited to the contractholder less cumulative contract benefits, surrenders, withdrawals and contract charges for mortality or administrative expenses.

The Company holds additional liabilities for guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”) associated with variable annuities, which are accounted for in accordance with ASC 944-20, Financial Services — Insurance Activities. The reserves for certain living benefit features, including guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”) and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) are accounted for as embedded derivatives, with fair values calculated as the present value of expected future benefit payments to

contractholders less the present value of assessed rider fees attributable to the embedded derivative feature. This methodology could result in either a liability or contra-liability balance, given changing capital market conditions and various actuarial assumptions. The Company’s GMIB, GMAB and GMWB reserves are ceded to external reinsurers (with a small amount of retained GMWB coverage related to equity indexed annuities). For additional information regarding the valuation of these optional living benefit features, see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Long-Term Debt increased by $57.1 million from $551.6 million at December 31, 2014 to $608.7 million at December 31, 2015. This balance represents a surplus note that was initially issued on April 1, 2014 in the amount of $513.0 million. With the Department of Insurance approval, Lancaster Re issued a variable funding Surplus Note (the “Surplus Note”) to its affiliate, Lanis, for $513.0 million and acquired from Lanis a Vehicle Note (the “Vehicle Note”) for $513.0 million. The Vehicle Note is held to support a portion of Lancaster Re’s reinsurance obligations and has been authorized as an acceptable form of reinsurance collateral pursuant to Nebraska Statutes.

With Department of Insurance pre-approval, (i) the Surplus Note is increased each quarter with a corresponding increase in the Vehicle Note, and (ii) interest on the Surplus Note for the prior quarter is paid on the first day of each subsequent quarter at a rate consistent with the rate received on the Vehicle Note of 4%. The Surplus Note and Vehicle Note increased by $57.1 million in 2015, primarily related to the increase in statutory universal life secondary guarantee reserves and term reserves. The Surplus Note is unsecured and subordinated to all present and future indebtedness, policy claims and other creditor claims of Lancaster Re.

Other liabilities decreased from $229.4 million at December 31, 2014 to $95.8 million at December 31, 2015. This balance consists of various policyholder related liabilities, other liability balances related to general expenses, unsettled trades, etc. and the net deferred tax liability. The decrease in this balance is comprised of a decrease in our deferred income tax liability, a decrease in securities payable and a decrease in cash overdrafts. The decrease in the deferred income tax liability as of December 31, 2015 is driven by the increase in unrealized losses in 2015.

The following table outlines amounts reported in Net Income for the Successor and Predecessor Periods (Successor and Predecessor Periods are not comparable):

Net income of $82.7 million was primarily derived from net realized capital gains arising from strategic reinvestment and our investment portfolio resegmentation in 2015 to better align our asset and liability cash flows. Other comprehensive loss of $240.2 million for year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily related to the increase in our net unrealized losses on fixed maturities of $487.0 million due to an increase in market yields on investments, partially offset by shadow adjustments related to VOBA and SOP 03-01 liabilities of $117.0 million.

Net income of $30.7 million for nine months of the Successor Period from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 was driven by realized capital gains, net of changes in future policy benefits and VOBA and release of product margins.

Other comprehensive income for the nine months from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 was primarily driven by unrealized gains on fixed maturities of $159.2 million as interest rates declined, partially offset by shadow adjustments related to VOBA and SOP 03-01 liabilities of $27.8 million.

The significant components of income in the Successor Period are summarized below.

Premiums earned were $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $20.4 for the nine-month period from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014. These premium relate primarily to traditional life and health insurance products and immediate annuities. Premiums from these products are recognized as revenue when received at the inception of the contract. Premiums earned are net of reinsurance premiums paid on the ceded business. We will continue to see premiums decline as we pay higher reinsurance premiums on universal life secondary guarantee and term life business.

Fee income from policyholders was $353.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $259.2 million for the nine-month period from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014. The fee income from policyholders consists

of fees assessed against the policyholder account balance for the cost of insurance (mortality risk), contract administration and surrender of the policy prior to contractually specified dates. These charges are recognized as revenue when assessed against the policyholder account balance. Fee income has been consistent on a quarterly basis since Acquisition.

Net investment income was $398.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $288.6 million for the nine-month period from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014. Net investment income was attributable to the following asset types:

Overall, net investment income has increased in 2015 primarily due to reinvestment efforts to better match asset and liability cash flows and to improve overall portfolio yield. Average yields have increased by asset type in 2015.

Realized investment gains were $113.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $46.0 million for the nine-month period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. The net realized gains in 2015 were related to asset liability management initiatives to improve yields and better match assets and liabilities.

Policyholder benefits were $351.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $216.6 million for the nine-month period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 includes both incurred claims and the change in liability for future policy benefits. Incurred claims decreased in 2015 compared to 2014 as mortality experience improved, but was offset by an increase in the change in the liability for future policy benefits related to secondary guarantees on universal life products.

Interest credited to policyholders was $301.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $256.7 million for the nine-month period from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and represents interest credited to liabilities arising from interest-sensitive life insurance and annuities products. Interest credited to policyholders decreased in 2015 due to lower account values resulting from runoff of business and lower amounts credited to the Company’s equity-indexed annuity products, relating to equity market performance.

Operating and acquisition expenses were $52.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $57.0 million for the nine-month period from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014. These expenses are comprised of general operating expenses, premium taxes, and other fees associated with reinsurance. Amortization of VOBA was $40.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $39.0 million for the nine-month period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. Operating and acquisition expenses for the nine-month period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 included initial separation costs that will not be incurred in subsequent periods.

The following table presents surrender and withdrawal amounts and rates for major insurance product lines for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014:

Surrender rates have decreased in 2015 due primarily on equity based products. Higher surrenders were reported in 2014 for products reaching the end of specific guarantee periods (i.e., expiry of market value adjustments).

The General Account Investment Assets (“GAIA”) portfolio consists of a well-diversified portfolio of public and private fixed maturities, commercial mortgages and other loans and other invested assets. The General Account portfolios and investment results support the insurance liabilities of Lincoln Benefit’s business operations. The following table reconciles the balance sheet asset amounts to GAIA:

The following table summarizes investment results by asset category for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014:

The fixed maturity portfolio consists largely of investment grade corporate debt securities and includes significant amounts of U.S. government and agency obligations. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, GAIA held CMBS with an amortized cost of $513 million and $331 million, respectively.

The General Account fixed maturities portfolios include publicly-traded and privately-placed corporate debt securities across an array of industry categories. The following tables set forth these fixed maturities by industry category as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 along with their associated gross unrealized gains and losses:

Gross unrealized losses increased by $348.2 million from $39.7 million at December 31, 2014 to $387.9 million at December 31, 2015. The increase in unrealized losses was primarily due to a rise in interest rates in 2015 and a

general widening in credit spreads in select industries (especially in the energy and metals & mining sectors) and credits during the year ended December 31, 2015. The 10-year treasury yield curve rates at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were 2.27% and 2.17%, respectively.

The Securities Valuation Office (“SVO”) of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) evaluates the investments of insurers for regulatory reporting purposes and assigns fixed maturity securities to one of six categories (“NAIC Designations”). NAIC designations of “1” or “2” include fixed maturities considered investment grade, which include securities rated Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s. NAIC Designations of “3” through “6” are referred to as below investment grade, which include securities rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s and BB+ or lower by Standard & Poor’s. As a result of time lags between the funding of investments, the finalization of legal documents and the completion of the SVO filing process, the fixed maturity portfolio generally includes securities that have not yet been rated by the SVO as of each balance sheet date. Pending receipt of SVO ratings, the categorization of these securities by NAIC designation is based on the expected ratings indicated by internal analysis.

The following table sets forth the General Accounts’ fixed maturities by NAIC rating at the dates indicated:

Below investment grade fixed maturities represented 9.4% and 25.0% of the gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, approximately 15.3% and 10.1% of GAIA were in commercial mortgage loans. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the carrying value of commercial mortgage loans was $1,509.1 million and $1,115.2 million, respectively.

The investment strategy for the mortgage loan portfolio emphasizes diversification by property type and geographic location with a primary focus on asset quality. The table below shows the breakdown of the amortized cost of the General Account’s investments in mortgage loans by geographic region as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

The values used in these ratio calculations were developed as part of the periodic review of the commercial mortgage loan portfolio, which includes an evaluation of the underlying collateral value as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

All of our mortgage loans that have a debt service coverage ratio of less than 1.0 are performing under the original contractual loan terms at December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2015, there were no mortgage loans classified as problem loans or considered a troubled debt restructuring.

Net income Net income for the period January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented in the following table:

Under reinsurance agreements all premiums, contract charges, interest credited to policyholders’ account balances, contract benefits and substantially all expenses were ceded to ALIC, Lincoln Benefit Reinsurance Company (“LB Re”, an affiliate of Lincoln Benefit during the Predecessor Period) and other non-affiliated reinsurers, and were reflected net of such reinsurance in the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. Results of operations included net investment income and realized capital gains and losses recognized in connection with the assets that were not transferred under the reinsurance agreements.

Net income in the ninety day period ended March 31, 2014 was $1.7 million including net investment income and realized capital gains. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased 10.5% in 2013 due to lower net investment income and the absence of net realized capital gains in 2013.

Net investment income The following table presents net investment income for the period January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Net investment income was $2.4 million for the ninety-day period and $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Both periods were impacted by lower yields.

Realized capital gains and losses were $0.3 million in the ninety-day period, primarily related to sales of investments and netted to zero in 2013 with gains from sales offsetting impairment write-downs.

Market risk is the risk that we will incur losses due to adverse changes in interest rates or credit spreads. We also have certain exposures to changes in equity prices in our equity-indexed annuities and separate accounts liabilities.

Overview. In formulating and implementing guidelines for investing funds, we seek to earn returns that contribute to stable profits while also meeting the future cash flow requirements of our liabilities.

We use quantitative and qualitative market-based approaches to measure, monitor and manage market risk. We evaluate our exposure to market risk through the use of multiple measures including but not limited to duration, earnings- and capital-at-risk, scenario analysis and sensitivity analysis. Duration measures the price sensitivity of assets or liabilities to changes in interest rates. For example, if interest rates increase 100 basis points, the fair value of an asset with a duration of 5 is expected to decrease in value by 5%. Earnings- and capital-at-risk are estimates of the change in earnings or capital that might be expected to emerge over a given time horizon in various defined stress tests. Scenario analysis estimates the potential changes in the value of various financial parameters that could occur under different hypothetical market conditions defined by changes to the market risk factors of interest rates and credit spreads. Sensitivity analysis estimates the potential changes in the value of various financial parameters that could occur under different hypothetical shocks to a market risk factor. In general, we establish investment portfolio asset allocation and market risk limits based upon a combination of duration, earnings- and capital-at-risk, scenario analysis and sensitivity analysis as well as a consideration of liquidity and diversification. The asset allocation limits place restrictions on the total funds that may be invested within an asset class. Comprehensive day-to-day management of market risk within defined tolerance ranges occurs as portfolio managers buy and sell within their respective markets based upon the acceptable boundaries established by investment and other risk policies.

Interest rate risk is the risk that we will incur a loss due to adverse changes in interest rates. This risk arises when our investments are not fully matched to our liabilities, or when characteristics of the assets or liabilities change. Interest rate risk includes risks related to changes in U.S. Treasury yields and other key risk- free reference yields.

One of the measures used to quantify interest rate exposure is duration. To estimate asset durations, we project asset cash flows and calculate their net present value using a risk-free market interest rate adjusted for credit quality, sector attributes, liquidity and other specific risks. Duration is calculated by revaluing these cash flows at alternative interest rates and determining the percentage change in aggregate value. The asset projections include assumptions (based upon historical market experience and our experience) that are intended to reflect the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment, leverage and/or option features of instruments, where applicable. The preceding assumptions relate primarily to mortgage-backed securities, and municipal and corporate obligations. Our asset duration was 6.2 years as of December 31, 2015 and 5.7 years as of December 31, 2014, respectively.

The difference between asset and liability duration is called the duration gap and is a measure of the mismatch between asset and liabilities. At the current time, because our asset durations are shorter than our liability durations, lower interest rate environments will in general result in more adverse financial outcomes than higher interest rate environments.

Based upon the information and assumptions used in the duration calculation, and interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2015, we estimate that a 100 basis point immediate, parallel fall in interest rates (“rate shock”) would increase the net fair value of the assets by $620 million, compared to $630 million as of December 31, 2014. The decrease is due to a decrease in the amount and mix of invested assets as the portfolio runs off over time. However, given the duration of our assets is shorter than the duration of our liabilities, lower interest rates will result in lower investment income on assets purchased in the future, resulting in a lower net investment income from the lower interest rates. The selection of a 100 basis point immediate, parallel change in interest rates should not be construed as our prediction of future market events, but only as an illustration of the potential effect of such an event.

To the extent that conditions differ from the assumptions we used in these calculations, duration and rate shock measures could be significantly impacted. Additionally, our calculations assume that the current relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates (the term structure of interest rates) will remain constant over time. As a result, these calculations may not fully capture the effect of non-parallel changes in the term structure of interest rates and/or large changes in interest rates.

Credit spread risk is the risk that we will incur a loss due to adverse changes in credit spreads (“spreads”). This risk arises from our investment in spread-sensitive fixed income assets.

We manage the spread risk in our assets. One of the measures used to quantify this exposure is spread duration. Spread duration measures the price sensitivity of the assets to changes in spreads. For example, if spreads increase 100 basis points, the fair value of an asset exhibiting a spread duration of 5 is expected to decrease in value by 5%. Losses due to credit spread duration result only if there is a requirement to sell assets (for example, to pay claims) prior to maturity at a time when the fair market value of assets is low due to higher credit spreads.

Spread duration is calculated similarly to interest rate duration. For our portfolio, spread duration is close to the asset duration, and thus has a similar sensitivity. As of December 31, 2015, the spread duration of assets was 6.7 years, compared to 5.7 years as of December 31, 2014. Based upon the information and assumptions we use in this spread duration calculation, and spreads in effect as of December 31, 2015, we estimate that a 100 basis point immediate, parallel increase in spreads across all asset classes, industry sectors

and credit ratings (“spread shock”) would decrease the net fair value of the assets by $670 million as of December 31, 2015 compared to $630 million as of December 31, 2014. The decrease is due to a decrease in the amount and mix of invested assets as the portfolio runs off over time.

The selection of a 100 basis point immediate parallel change in spreads should not be construed as our prediction of future market events, but only as an illustration of the potential effect of such an event.

Credit default risk is the risk that we will incur a loss due to non-payment of principal or interest by a borrower on a specific financial instrument we own. This risk arises primarily from our investments in fixed income securities (for example, corporate bonds) and commercial mortgage loans.

We manage credit default risk through monitoring of the creditworthiness of the underlying borrowers of the securities and loans we are invested in. We use diversification to reduce credit default risk by spreading the risk across different borrowers, different industries, and different geographical locations. Furthermore, we constrain credit default risk through limits on the amount of securities and loans we own with specific credit ratings. Credit defaults may be recognized by the Company in income prior to an actual default by the underlying borrower.

A credit default loss of 1% on the portfolio would result in a loss of $74 million as of December 31, 2015, compared to $84 million as of December 31, 2014. The decrease is due to a decrease in the amount and mix of invested assets as the portfolio runs off over time. The selection of 1% should not be construed as our prediction of future market events, but as an illustration of the potential effect of such an event.

Equity price risk is the risk that we will incur losses due to adverse changes in the general levels of the equity markets. Equity risk exists for contract charges based on account balances as well as for guarantees for living, death and/or income benefits provided by our variable and equity indexed products.

Our variable life products are partially reinsured to ALIC. For the products that are retained, there is equity exposure to contract charges and fees that are based on separate account values, but there is only small exposure to guarantees.

All variable annuity contract charges and fees, liabilities and benefits, including guarantees for death and/or income benefits, are ceded to ALIC in accordance with the reinsurance agreements, thereby limiting our equity risk exposure. In 2006, ALIC disposed of substantially all of its variable annuity business through reinsurance agreements with The Prudential Insurance Company of America, a subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. and therefore mitigated this aspect of ALIC’s risk. The Company was not a direct participant of this agreement and its reinsurance agreements with ALIC remain unchanged. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had Separate Accounts assets related to variable annuity and variable life contracts totaling $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had $1.6 billion and $1.8 billion in equity-indexed life and annuity liabilities that were not reinsured that provide customers with interest crediting rates based on the performance of the S&P 500, respectively. We maintain a hedging program that aims to offset the impact of equity market performance on the value of these guarantees. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had $17.7 million and $26.0 million in market value of S&P 500 options and futures under the hedging program, respectively.

Counterparty credit risk relates to the Company’s potential loss if a counterparty fails to perform under the terms of a contract. The Company manages its exposure to counterparty credit risk by utilizing highly rated counterparties, establishing risk control limits, executing legally enforceable master agreements and obtaining collateral where appropriate.

Lincoln Benefit’s counterparty risk consists of the following two types of exposures: (1) Derivative counterparty risk: The Company only holds future contracts and option contracts which are traded on organized exchanges, which require margin deposits and guarantee the execution of trades, thereby mitigating potential credit risk. Exchanges serve as a marketplace for the buyer and the seller. The associated clearing house sits between the two sides of the trade. The Company has not incurred any losses on derivative financial instruments due to counterparty nonperformance in 2015 or 2014; and (2) Reinsurance counterparty risk. The reinsurance counterparty risk is the risk of the reinsurance counterparty failing to pay reinsurance recoveries in full to Lincoln Benefit in a timely manner (i.e., unwillingness to pay, not paying them in full or inability to pay.) We attempt to mitigate this risk by diversifying the risk with multiple reinsurers and monitoring their credit ratings.

Capital resources consist of shareholder’s equity. The following table summarizes our capital resources as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

Shareholder’s equity decreased in 2015 primarily due to unrealized capital losses and payment of dividends to our parent, offset by net income. Shareholder’s equity in 2014 increased primarily due to additional paid in capital resulting from the Acquisition and unrealized capital gains, offset by a dividend to our parent.

Financial strength ratings. Our financial strength ratings as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, were A- from A.M. Best Company, Inc. and BBB+ from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, both with a stable outlook. These ratings reflect the rating agencies’ opinions of our relative financial strength and are not a recommendation to buy or hold any investment. Ratings may be revised or revoked at any time at the sole discretion of the issuing rating agency.

The NAIC has developed a set of financial relationships or tests known as the Insurance Regulatory Information System to assist state regulators in monitoring the financial condition of insurance companies and identifying companies that require special attention or actions by insurance regulatory authorities. The NAIC analyzes financial data provided by insurance companies using prescribed ratios, each with defined “usual ranges”. Generally, regulators will begin to monitor an insurance company if its ratios fall outside the usual ranges for four or more of the ratios. If an insurance company has insufficient capital, regulators may act to reduce the amount of insurance it can issue. Our ratios are within these ranges.

Liquidity sources and uses. Our potential sources of funds principally include the following:

Cash flows. As reflected in our Statements of Cash Flows, net cash provided by operating activities was $34 million, $96 million, $10 million and $16 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2015, the nine-month period from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014, the three months ended March 31, 2014, and the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively. Fluctuations in net cash provided by operating activities primarily occur as a result of changes in net investment income and differences in the timing of reinsurance payments as well as cash contributions resulting from the Acquisition. Prior to 2014, fluctuations in net cash provided by operating activities primarily occurred as a result of changes in net investment income and differences in the timing of reinsurance payments to and from ALIC and payments to Allstate affiliates.

Prior to our acquisition by Resolution Life, under the terms of reinsurance agreements, all premiums and deposits, excluding variable annuity and life contract deposits allocated to separate accounts and those reinsured to non-affiliated reinsurers, were transferred to ALIC, which maintained the investment portfolios supporting our products. Payments of contractholder claims, benefits, contract surrenders and withdrawals and certain operating costs (excluding investment-related expenses), were reimbursed by ALIC, under the terms of the reinsurance agreements. Notwithstanding any reinsurance arrangements, we continue to have primary liability as a direct insurer for risks reinsured. Our ability to meet liquidity demands is dependent on reinsurers’ ability to meet those obligations under the reinsurance programs.

Our ability to pay dividends is dependent on business conditions, income, cash requirements and other relevant factors. The payment of shareholder dividends without the prior approval of the state insurance regulator is limited by Nebraska law to formula amounts based on net income and capital and surplus, determined in conformity with statutory accounting practices, as well as the timing and amount of dividends paid in the preceding twelve months. In addition, in connection with its approval of our acquisition by Resolution Life, the Department of Insurance order requires prior approval to pay any dividend for five years following the Acquisition. After receiving approval from the Department of Insurance, the Company paid dividends of $187.0 million and $33.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively. No dividends were paid in 2013.

Contractual obligations. Due to the reinsurance agreements that we have in place, certain contractual obligations are ceded to ALIC, Hannover and other non-affiliated reinsurers.

We are subject to extensive regulation and we are involved in various legal and regulatory actions, all of which have an effect on specific aspects of our business. For a detailed discussion of the legal and regulatory actions in which we are involved, see Note 12 of the financial statements.

There are pending accounting standards that we have not implemented because the implementation date has not yet occurred. For a discussion of these pending standards, see Note 2 in the consolidated financial statements. The effect of implementing certain accounting standards on our financial results and financial condition is often based in part on market conditions at the time of implementation of the standard and other factors we are unable to determine prior to implementation. For this reason, we are sometimes unable to estimate the effect of certain pending accounting standards until the relevant authoritative body finalizes these standards or until we implement them.

Information required for Item 11(j) is incorporated by reference to the material under the caption “Market Risk” in Item 11(h) of this report.

The biographies of each of the directors and executive officers as of April 1, 2016 are included below.

Clive Cowdery, 52, has been a director since April 2014. Mr. Cowdery is also a director and President of both Resolution Life GP Ltd. and Resolution Life (Parallel) GP Ltd., and a director of both Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. He is the Founder and Chairman of The Resolution Group. Before founding Resolution in 2003, Mr. Cowdery served as Chairman and Chief Executive of GE Insurance Holdings. Mr. Cowdery currently serves as a director of Prospect Publishing Limited, and he is the Founder and Chairman of the Resolution Foundation, a charitable organization dedicated to improving living standards for the 15 million people in Britain on low and middle incomes.

Jon Hack, 48, has been a director since April 2014. Mr. Hack is also a director of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and a director of Resolution Life, Inc. He currently serves as the Managing Partner for The Resolution Group. Prior to joining Resolution in 2009, Mr. Hack was a Managing Director and Head of European Financial Institutions Group for Lazard. Mr. Hack qualified as a chartered accountant in 1992 and is a member of The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England & Wales.

Ann Frohman, 52, has been a director since April 2014. Ms. Frohman is also a director of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and a director of Resolution Life, Inc. Ms. Frohman is currently self-employed at Frohman Law Office LLC, a law and government relations firm. From December 2010 to March 2012, Ms. Frohman served as Senior Vice President, Government and Industry for Physicians Mutual and Physicians Life Insurance Companies. Prior to that, Ms. Frohman held a number of leadership positions with the Nebraska Department of Insurance, including Director. Ms. Frohman is a licensed attorney with the Nebraska State Bar Association. Ms. Frohman has advised Resolution on issues of Nebraska law from time to time and expects to do so in the future.

Robert Stein, 67, has been a director since April 2014. Mr. Stein is also a director of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and a director of Resolution Life, Inc. From November 1976 to September 2011, Mr. Stein held various positions at Ernst & Young, including Partner. He currently serves on the boards of directors of Assurant, Inc. and Aviva plc. Mr. Stein is an actuary and a Certified Public Accountant. He is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants.

Grace Vandecruze, 52, has been a director since April 2014. Ms. Vandecruze is also a director of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. Since 2006, Ms. Vandecruze has been employed with Grace Global Capital LLC, where she currently serves as Managing Director. Prior to that, she served as Managing Director at Fox-Pitt, Kelton and Vice President at Head & Company LLC. Ms. Vandecruze is a Certified Public Accountant and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Richard Carbone, 68, has been a director since April 2014. Mr. Carbone is also a director of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and a director of Resolution Life, Inc. Prior to joining Lincoln Benefit, Mr. Carbone served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Prudential Financial, Inc. and The Prudential Insurance Company of America. He also served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

of Prudential Financial, Inc. from November 2001 to January 2008 and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of The Prudential Insurance Company of America from July 1997 to January 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Carbone held various leadership roles at Salomon, Inc., Bankers Trust New York Corporation and Bankers Trust Company. Mr. Carbone is a member of the board of directors for E*Trade Financial Corporation. Mr. Carbone is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive).

Stephen Campbell, 49, has been a director since October 2015, and prior to that Mr. Campbell had been a director from May 2014 through May 2015. Mr. Campbell is also a director of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and a director of Resolution Life, Inc. From July 2015 through September 2015, Mr. Campbell was a counselor in the domestic finance office of the U.S. Department of Treasury. Since July 2013, Mr. Campbell has been self-employed as a consultant and investor. Prior to that, he was an Investment Banker with Lazard Freres & Co. from 2002 to July 2013. Mr. Campbell currently serves as a member of the board of directors for Hardscuffle, Inc. and American Life & Accident Insurance Company of Kentucky.

W. Weldon Wilson, 55, has been a director and Chief Executive Officer since April 2014. Mr. Wilson also serves as a director and Chief Executive Officer for Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. From 2010 to 2013, he was self-employed as a consultant. From July 1991 to December 2009, Mr. Wilson held various positions at Swiss Reinsurance Company, including Chief Executive Officer, President and Director of Swiss Re Life & Health America Inc. He is a licensed attorney with the State Bar of Texas.

Robyn Wyatt, 51, has been Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since April 2014. Ms. Wyatt also serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of both Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. From March 2002 to September 2013, Ms. Wyatt held positions with various affiliates of Swiss Reinsurance Company, including Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Swiss Re Life & Health America Inc. Prior to that, she served as Vice President and Chief Accountant of Manulife Financial Corporation. Ms. Wyatt is a member of Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand and The Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.

Keith Gubbay, 61, has been President and Chief Actuarial Officer since April 2014. Mr. Gubbay also serves as President and Chief Actuarial Officer of both Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. From 2004 until he joined Resolution Life, Mr. Gubbay held various leadership positions in Sun Life Financial U.S., including Senior Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to that, he served in various senior executive roles at ING Americas. Mr. Gubbay is a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries and a Fellow in the Society of Actuaries.

Simon Packer, 51, has been Chief Transformation Officer since April 2014. Mr. Packer also serves as Chief Transformation Officer of both Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. Prior to joining the Resolution Group in May 2006, Mr. Packer held leadership positions at a variety of U.K. life insurance companies, including Programme Manager at Clerical Medical Investment Group from August 2003 to April 2006 and Programme Manager at AXA Tech Ltd from April 2002 to January 2003.

Leigh McKegney, 32, has been Chief Legal Officer, Vice President and Secretary since May 2014. Ms. McKegney also serves as Chief Legal Officer, Vice President and Secretary of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. From November 2010 to April 2014, Ms. McKegney was a corporate associate at Debevoise & Plimpton LLP. Ms. McKegney is a licensed attorney in the State of New York and registered as authorized house counsel in the State of Connecticut.

Executive officers of Lincoln Benefit also serve as officers of Resolution and other subsidiaries of Resolution and these executive officers received no compensation directly from Lincoln Benefit. They were employees of Resolution or a subsidiary. Allocations of compensation were made for each named executive based on the amount of the named executive’s time allocated to Lincoln Benefit under the Services Agreement by and between Resolution Life and Lincoln Benefit, effective as of April 1, 2014 (the “Services Agreement”). Those allocations are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table set forth below and in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis disclosure. The named executive officers may have received additional compensation for services rendered to Resolution or other Resolution subsidiaries, including Resolution Life, and those amounts are not reported.

This portion of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes Resolution’s executive compensation program and specifically describes, for the following named executive officers (“NEOs”) of Lincoln Benefit below, the total 2015 compensation attributable to services rendered to Lincoln Benefit:

The objectives of Resolution’s executive compensation program for 2015 were to (i) create a link between pay and performance, (ii) attract, motivate and retain talented employees, (iii) align the interests of executives and other employees with the interests of Resolution’s shareholders and (iv) foster compliance and support sensible, but not excessive, risk taking. Resolution has designed the elements of its executive compensation program in order to meet these objectives.

All compensation and benefits paid to our officers is determined and paid or provided by Resolution. Resolution pays its executives, including the NEOs, base salary and bonus as set forth in each executive’s employment agreement. In addition, the executives, including NEOs, receive employee benefits on the same terms as other similarly situated executives of Resolution and its subsidiaries. The elements of compensation for the NEOs are determined pursuant to the terms of their individual employment agreements with Resolution. In 2015, Resolution established a compensation committee of its board of directors to oversee executive compensation matters, including advising on Resolution’s compensation policies and reviewing and approving the determination of annual bonus payments earned by the executives. Resolution reviewed data metrics from third party vendors, the Hay Group and DW Simpson, in order to benchmark, using the Hay Group, its employees’ compensation against a broad range of industries, and using DW Simpson, its actuaries’ compensation against other life insurance companies. Mr. Wilson assists the compensation committee in setting compensation for the other Resolution executives.

Each of Messrs. Wilson, Gubbay, Packer and Chappell and Ms. Wyatt is party to an employment agreement with Resolution, the parent of Resolution Life. Resolution negotiated each employment agreement at the time the officer became employed by Resolution in 2013 or 2014, prior to its acquisition of Lincoln Benefit. The terms of each agreement, including salary and target bonus opportunities, were determined based on an evaluation of appropriate compensation levels in the insurance industry and the level of compensation, benefits and other entitlements that Resolution considered necessary to attract and retain the executives. The employment agreements set each executive’s base salary and provide for an annual bonus opportunity expressed as a percentage of base salary, and employee benefits on the same terms as similarly situated executives of Resolution. Mr. Wilson’s, Mr. Gubbay’s and Ms. Wyatt’s target annual bonus opportunity is 60%; and Mr. Chappell’s and Mr. Packer’s target annual bonus opportunity is 50%. The employment agreements of Messrs. Chappell and Packer also provide for reimbursement of certain relocation expenses. Mr. Gubbay’s and Ms. Wyatt’s employment agreement each provide for deferred sign-on bonuses payable in three equal amounts on the first through third anniversaries of the effective date of such employment agreement. The amount of each of these elements of compensation that is attributable to Lincoln Benefit is as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table.

For 2015, each NEO received the base salary set forth in his or her individual employment agreement, as adjusted by prior compensation committee approvals. The amount of each such NEO’s base salary for 2015 that is attributable to Lincoln Benefit is as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table. No changes were made in 2016 to the salaries of each NEO.

Variable cash compensation in the form of annual bonuses is provided to reward executives for results based on the past performance year. Each NEO’s employment agreement provides for an annual performance-based bonus opportunity, with the target annual bonus amount expressed as a percentage of such NEO’s base salary. The compensation committee of the board of directors of Resolution determines the annual bonus amount that has been earned by each NEO after considering a variety of individual- and Resolution-related performance factors. In determining the annual bonus payments for 2015, the compensation committee considered the objectives of Resolution’s compensation philosophy, and considered the fact that 2015 represented the substantial completion of the build of a long-term platform for Resolution. For 2015, the compensation committee determined that Mssrs. Wilson and Gubbay and Ms. Wyatt had earned his or her annual performance-based bonus at 90% of the target performance level, and Mssrs. Packer and Chappell have earned their annual performance-based bonus at the target performance level, based on achievement of operational performance goals relating to building the Resolution business, including, completion of the migration of Lincoln Benefit policy administration from Allstate to Lincoln Benefit’s third-party administrators, finalizing its governance and risk framework, developing tools to better analyze and understand Lincoln Benefit’s results in order to make better risk mitigation decisions, and execution of key portfolio strategies. Because Resolution had not executed its acquisition strategy in 2015, the performance-based bonuses for Mssrs. Wilson and Gubbay and Ms. Wyatt were 90% of target. The amount of each such NEO’s annual bonus that is attributable to Lincoln Benefit is as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table.

Each of Messrs. Wilson, Gubbay, Packer and Chappell and Ms. Wyatt participate in Resolution’s long- term incentive compensation program, but have not received any long-term or equity-based compensation for their services to Lincoln Benefit. Grants under Resolution’s long-term incentive compensation program were made to our NEOs prior to the acquisition of Lincoln Benefit, and are subject to satisfaction of vesting criteria

based on continued service to Resolution. As such equity was awarded prior to the acquisition of Lincoln Benefit and no expense related to such equity is allocated to Lincoln Benefit under the Services Agreement, such compensation is not included in the Summary Compensation Tables or other tables below.

The NEOs participate in the benefit programs available to other employees of Resolution Life. These benefits include health and welfare coverage and participation in a Resolution 401(k) plan. Resolution matches employee contributions up to 6% of eligible pay.

The following table summarizes the compensation of our named executive officers for all services rendered to Lincoln Benefit for the last three fiscal years, in a manner consistent with the allocation of compensation under the Services Agreement or the Service and Expense Agreement, as applicable.

Each of the NEOs is party to an employment agreement with Resolution that provides for severance and/or other payments on certain terminations of employment. If Messrs. Gubbay’s, Packer’s or Chappell’s or Ms. Wyatt’s employment is terminated by mutual agreement between Resolution and the NEO, by Resolution without “cause” or by the NEO with “good reason” (such terminations, “qualifying terminations”), the NEO is entitled to the severance benefit described in the paragraph below; a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination, based on actual Resolution performance; and continued medical coverage at the same premium rate paid by active employees for the period during which the NEO receives the severance benefit. Mr. Gubbay and Ms. Wyatt are also entitled to payment of any unpaid portion of their deferred sign-on bonuses on such a qualifying termination or on a termination due to his or her death or disability. If Mr. Wilson’s employment is terminated in a qualifying termination, he is entitled to a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination and continued medical coverage for twelve months at the same premium rate paid by active employees. Mr. Wilson’s employment agreement does not provide for other severance payments.

On a qualifying termination of Ms. Wyatt’s or Mr. Gubbay’s employment following the second anniversary of the effective date of such NEO’s employment agreement, the NEO’s severance benefit is equal to one year of base salary plus target bonus. On a qualifying termination of Mr. Chappell’s or Mr. Packer’s employment following the first anniversary of the effective date of his employment agreement, he is entitled to an amount equal to one-half of the sum his annual base salary plus target bonus.

For these purposes, “cause” means (i) fraudulent statements or acts of the NEO with respect to the performance of his or her duties under the employment agreement, (ii) the NEO’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime that constitutes a felony or any crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud and that results in material harm to Resolution, (iii) willful misconduct by the NEO with respect to Resolution or any of its subsidiaries, or (iv) a material breach by the NEO of his or her employment agreement. “Good reason” for these purposes means (a) a reduction in the NEO’s base salary, annual bonus percentage, long-term incentive compensation percentage, for Mr. Gubbay and Ms. Wyatt only, deferred compensation, or Resolution’s refusal to pay the NEO any compensation or benefits due, (b) a material diminution in the NEO’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action, (c) any willful breach by Resolution of a material term of the NEO’s employment agreement, (d) Resolution requiring the NEO to engage in any unlawful or criminal act or (e) the bankruptcy of Resolution. For Mr. Gubbay, “good reason” also includes a termination of employment by Mr. Gubbay if (X) Resolution requests that he relocate his residence from the Boston, Massachusetts area after the second anniversary of the effective date of his agreement, (Y) he declines such request to relocate and (Z) he continues to perform his duties from the Boston, Massachusetts area for six months following his decline of the request to relocate (or such shorter period as agreed by Resolution). In order to terminate his or her employment for “good reason,” an NEO must give Resolution written notice and Resolution shall have 30 days to cure.

An NEO’s severance payments are subject to such NEO signing a general release of claims. In addition, the NEOs are subject to covenants not to compete and not to solicit for one year following the date of termination (two years for Mr. Wilson), a non-disparagement covenant for three years following the date of termination, and an indefinite non-disclosure covenant.

Estimate of Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change of Control

The following table summarizes estimated payments and benefits that would be provided to our NEOs pursuant to their employment agreements in connection with a termination of employment under various scenarios or a change in control and that are attributable to service to Lincoln Benefit and reimbursable under the Services Agreement, assuming such event occurred on December 31, 2015.

Resolution has performed a review of compensation policies and practices for all of its employees who provide services to Lincoln Benefit and has concluded that its compensation policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse impact on Lincoln Benefit.

Our independent directors receive an annual cash retainer fee for their services on the boards of directors of Resolution and its subsidiaries, including Lincoln Benefit, a portion of which is allocated to Lincoln Benefit pursuant to the Services Agreement. The portion of the annual retainer allocated to Lincoln Benefit for 2015 is set forth in the table below. A non-employee director may also elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of his or

her annual retainer fee into a notional percentage equity interest in Resolution Life L.P. and Resolution Life (Parallel) Partnership (together, the “Partnerships”). The elected percentage of the Board retainer for a calendar year of service is converted into a notional percentage interest in the Partnerships when the year-end valuation of the Partnerships for the immediately prior year is available. The notional interest will be unvested until December 31st of the relevant year of service, and, as a general rule, if the director’s Board service ends before December 31st, the unvested portion of the notional interest will be forfeited except that, in the case of a qualifying termination, a pro rata portion of the director’s unvested portion of the notional interest will vest. If the Partnerships pay a distribution to their partners, the electing director will be paid, on a current basis, a distribution in cash based on notional interest (both vested and unvested) held by such director as of the record date of the distribution. Vested portions of notional interests will be settled in cash on the first to occur of (1) a liquidity event of the Partnerships and (2) termination of the director’s board service, in which case settlement would occur in the year following the year in which the director’s board service ends.

The following table summarizes the allocation of compensation of each of Lincoln Benefit’s independent directors during 2015 for his or her services as a member of the Board of Directors of Lincoln Benefit and its committees in a manner consistent with the allocation of compensation under the Services Agreement. Directors who are officers or employees of Resolution and its subsidiaries and other non-independent directors do not receive any additional compensation for their services as a director of Lincoln Benefit.

In February 2015, the Board of Directors of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. established a compensation committee, whose primary function is to assist the Board with its oversight role with respect to the compensation of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc.’s and its subsidiaries’ executive officers and other employees. No executive officer of Lincoln Benefit serves as a member of the compensation committee of another entity for which any executive officer served as a director for Lincoln Benefit.

The following table shows the number of Lincoln Benefit shares owned by any beneficial owner who owns more than five percent of any class of Lincoln Benefit’s voting securities.

The following table shows the number of shares of stock in Lincoln Benefit or its parents beneficially owned by each director and named executive officer of Lincoln Benefit individually, and by all executive officers and directors of Lincoln Benefit as a group. Shares reported as beneficially owned include certain shares held indirectly, as well as shares subject to stock options exercisable on or prior to March 31, 2016 and restricted stock units for which restrictions expire on or prior to March 31, 2016. The following share amounts are as of March 31, 2016.

On December 31, 2013, Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. entered into a Credit Agreement with Royal Bank of Canada (“RBC”), The Royal Bank of Scotland, PLC, RBC Capital Markets, RBS Securities Inc. and Lloyds Securities Inc. (the “Credit Agreement”). On April 1, 2014, Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. entered into a Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with Royal Bank of Canada (the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”). Pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. pledged the securities of Resolution Life, Inc. to the Secured Parties (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) in order to secure a term loan to Resolution Life, Inc. for the acquisition of Lincoln Benefit. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Resolution Life, Inc. also pledged the securities of Lincoln Benefit to the Secured Parties (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement).

If Resolution Life, Inc. defaults on its obligations under the Credit Agreement, RBC (as collateral agent), will have the option to receive all of the Resolution Life, Inc. and Lincoln Benefit stock pledged under the Credit Agreement and Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, including all voting and corporate rights to such stock.

Item 11(n). Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons

On April 1, 2014, all of the capital stock in Lincoln Benefit was acquired by Resolution Life, Inc. Prior to this transaction, Lincoln Benefit was a wholly-owned subsidiary of ALIC.

Prior to the acquisition of Lincoln Benefit from ALIC by Resolution Life, Inc., Lincoln Benefit was a party to certain intercompany agreements involving amounts greater than $120,000 between Lincoln Benefit and the following companies:

After Lincoln Benefit was acquired by Resolution Life, Inc., Lincoln Benefit is a party to certain intercompany agreements involving amounts greater than $120,000 between Lincoln Benefit and the following companies:

The agreements listed in the table immediately above relate to a transaction that Resolution Life, Inc., Resolution Life Holdings, Inc., Lancaster Re Captive Insurance Company, Lanis LLC and Lincoln Benefit Life Company have entered into with Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America, an unrelated party, in order to finance a portion of the insurance reserves held by Lincoln Benefit with respect to universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees written by Lincoln Benefit.

Prior to the acquisition of Lincoln Benefit from ALIC by Resolution Life, Inc., all intercompany agreements to which Lincoln Benefit was a party were approved by Lincoln Benefit’s Board of Directors as well as by the board of any other affiliate of The Allstate Corporation that was a party to the agreement. When required, intercompany agreements were submitted for approval to the Nebraska Department of Insurance, Lincoln Benefit’s domestic regulator, and any additional states in which Lincoln Benefit might be commercially domiciled pursuant to the applicable state’s insurance holding company systems act. This process was documented in an internal procedure that captured the review and approval process of all intercompany agreements. All approvals were maintained in Lincoln Benefit’s corporate records.

Prior to the transaction with Resolution, while there was no formal process for the review and approval of related person transactions between unaffiliated entities specific to Lincoln Benefit, all directors and executive officers of Lincoln Benefit were subject to the Allstate Code of Ethics (“Allstate Code”). The Allstate Code includes a written conflict of interest policy that was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Allstate Corporation, the former ultimate parent company of Lincoln Benefit. Any potential relationship or activity that could impair independent thinking and judgment, including holding a financial interest in a business venture that is similar to Allstate, or in a business that has a relationship with Allstate, was required to be disclosed to Human Resources. Human Resources worked with representatives from the Law Department, including Enterprise Business Conduct, to determine whether an actual conflict of interest existed. Each director and executive officer was required to sign a Code of Ethics certification annually.

All intercompany agreements to which Lincoln Benefit is a party are approved by Lincoln Benefit’s Board of Directors as well as by the board of any other affiliate of Lincoln Benefit that is a party to the agreement. When required, intercompany agreements are submitted for approval to the Nebraska Department of Insurance, Lincoln Benefit’s domestic regulator, and any additional states in which Lincoln Benefit might be commercially domiciled pursuant to the applicable state’s insurance holding company systems act. This process is documented in an internal procedure that captures the review and approval process of all intercompany agreements. All approvals are maintained in Lincoln Benefit’s corporate records.

Subsequent to the acquisition by Resolution Life, Inc., while there is no formal process for the review and approval of related person transactions between unaffiliated entities specific to Lincoln Benefit, all directors, officers and employees of Lincoln Benefit are subject to Resolution Life’s Code of Conduct and its Conflict of Interest Guideline. The Resolution Code of Conduct includes a written conflict of interest policy that was adopted by the Board of Directors of Resolution Life, the parent company of Lincoln Benefit, and the Board of Directors of Lincoln Benefit. Any potential relationship or activity that could impair independent thinking and judgment, including holding a financial interest in a business venture that is similar to Lincoln Benefit and/or Resolution Life, or in a business that has a relationship with either entity, is required to be disclosed to Human

Resources and Compliance. Human Resources works with representatives from the Law Department, including Compliance, and the Audit Committee, if necessary, to determine whether an actual conflict of interest existed. All directors, officers and employees are required to sign a Code of Conduct certification and complete a Conflict of Interest Questionnaire annually.

Although not subject to the independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange, for purposes of this registration statement, Lincoln Benefit has applied the independence standards required for listed companies of the New York Stock Exchange to the Board of Directors. Applying these standards, Lincoln Benefit has determined that five of its directors are independent: Stephen Campbell, Richard Carbone, Ann Frohman, Robert Stein and Grace Vandecruze.

The financial statements and related financial schedule of Lincoln Benefit Life Company for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement. Such financial statements and financial statement schedule are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Lincoln Benefit Life Company as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The following change is made to the prospectuses for the LBL Advantage, Consultant II and Premier Planner:

Under the “More Information” section, the subsection entitled “Legal Matters” is deleted and replaced with the following:

Matters of Nebraska law pertaining to the Contract, including the validity of the Contract and our right to issue the Contract under Nebraska law, have been passed upon by Lamson Dugan & Murray LLP, Omaha, Nebraska.

Allstate Distributors, L.L.C. (“ADLLC”) serves as distributor of the securities registered herein. The securities offered herein are sold on a continuous basis, and there is no specific end date for the offering. ADLLC is a registered broker dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. ADLLC is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of securities, but will use its best efforts to sell the securities offered.

We have primary responsibility for all administration of the Contracts and the Variable Account. We entered into an administrative services agreement with Allstate Life. Allstate Life entered into an administrative services agreement with The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“PICA”) pursuant to which PICA or an affiliate provides administrative services to the Variable Account and the Contracts on our behalf. In addition, PICA entered into a master services agreement with se², LLC, of 5801 SW 6th Avenue, Topeka, Kansas 66636, whereby se², LLC provides certain business process outsourcing services with respect to the Contracts. se², LLC may engage other service providers to provide certain administrative functions. These service providers may change over time, and as of December 31, 2015, consisted of the following: NTT DATA, Inc. (administrative services) located at 100 City Square, Boston, MA 02129; RR Donnelley Global Investment Markets, a division of RR Donnelley & Sons Company (compliance printing and mailing) located at 111 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606; Jayhawk File Express, LLC (file storage and document destruction) located at 601 E. 5th Street, Topeka, KS 66601-2596; Co-Sentry.net, LLC (back-up printing and disaster recovery) located at 9394 West Dodge Rd, Suite 100, Omaha, NE 68114; Convey Compliance Systems, Inc. (withholding calculations and tax statement mailing) located at 3650 Annapolis Lane, Suite 190, Plymouth, MN 55447; Spangler Graphics, LLC (compliance mailings) located at 29305 44th Street, Kansas City, KS 66106; Veritas Document Solutions, LLC (compliance mailings) located at 913 Commerce Ct, Buffalo Grove, IL 60089; Records Center of Topeka, a division of Underground Vaults & Storage, Inc. (back-up tapes storage) located at 1540 NW Gage Blvd. #6, Topeka, KS 66618; Venio LLC, d/b/a Keane (lost shareholder search) located at PO Box 1508, Southeastern, PA 19399-1508; DST Systems, Inc. (FAN mail, positions, prices) located at 333 West 11 Street, 5th Floor, Kansas City, MO 64105.

In administering the Contracts, the following services are provided, among others:

We will send you Contract statements at least annually. We will also send you transaction confirmations. You should notify us promptly in writing of any address change. You should read your statements and confirmations carefully and verify their accuracy. You should contact us promptly if you have a question about a periodic statement or a confirmation. We will investigate all complaints and make any necessary adjustments retroactively, but you must notify us of a potential error within a reasonable time after the date of the questioned statement. If you wait too long, we will make the adjustment as of the date that we receive notice of the potential error. Correspondence you send by regular mail to our service center should be sent to P.O. Box 758566, Topeka, KS 66675-8566. Your correspondence will be picked up at this address and then delivered to our service center. Your correspondence is not considered received by us until it is received at our service center. Where this prospectus refers to the day when we receive a purchase payment, request, election, notice, transfer or any other transaction request from you, we mean the day on which that item (or the last requirement needed for us to process that item) arrives in complete and proper form at our service center or via the appropriate telephone or fax number if the item is a type we accept by those means. There are two main exceptions: if the item arrives at our service center (1) on a day that is not a business day, or (2) after the close of a business day, then, in each case, we are deemed to have received that item on the next business day.

We will also provide you with additional periodic and other reports, information and prospectuses as may be required by federal securities laws.

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

Effective February 23, 2016 (the Closure Date), the following variable sub-accounts available in your Variable Annuity will be closed to all contract owners except those contract owners who have contract value invested in the variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date:

Contract owners who have contract value invested in these variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date may continue to submit additional investments into the variable sub-accounts thereafter, although they will not be permitted to invest in the variable sub-accounts if they withdraw or otherwise transfer their entire contract value from the variable sub-accounts following the Closure Date. Contract owners who do not have contract value invested in the variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date will not be permitted to invest in the variable sub-accounts thereafter.

Dollar cost averaging, category models and/or auto-rebalancing programs, if elected by a Contract owner prior to the Closure Date, will not be affected by the closure unless a contract owner withdraws or otherwise transfers his entire Account Value from the sub-accounts.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or our Variable Annuities Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.

Please keep this supplement together with your prospectus for future reference. No other action is required of you.

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued by Allstate Life Insurance Company, Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York or Lincoln Benefit Life Company, as applicable.

Allstate Life Insurance Company, Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York, and Lincoln Benefit Life Company (the “Companies”) have filed an application with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) requesting an order to allow the Companies to remove the PIMCO Total Return Portfolio – Administrative Shares and the PIMCO Total Return Portfolio – Advisor Shares (collectively, the “Replaced Portfolios”) as investment options under your variable annuity contract and substitute a new investment option, the BlackRock Total Return V.I. Portfolio – Class I Shares (the “Replacement Portfolio”), as described below.

The Companies believe that the proposed substitution is in the best interests of contract owners. The investment objectives of the Replaced Portfolios and the Replacement Portfolio are substantially similar. The Companies will bear all expenses related to the substitution, and there will be no tax consequences for you. The Companies anticipate that, if such order is granted, the proposed substitution will occur during the second quarter of 2016.

The proposed substitution and adviser for the Replaced Portfolio and the Replacement Portfolio are:


●¨¨		No action is required on your part at this time, nor will you need to take any action if the SEC approves the substitution.

●¨¨		On the date of the substitution, Account Values and/or Purchase Payments currently allocated to the Replaced Portfolios will be redirected to the Replacement Portfolio unless you have changed your selection and transferred your Account Values before the substitution takes place. If you are enrolled in a Dollar Cost Averaging, Automatic Rebalancing or comparable program, your Account Value invested in the Replaced Portfolios will be transferred automatically to the Replacement Portfolio on the date of the substitution. Your enrollment instructions will be automatically updated to reflect the Replacement Portfolio for any continued and future investments.

●¨¨		You may transfer amounts in your variable annuity contract among the investment options as usual. The substitution itself will not be treated as a transfer for purposes of the transfer provisions of your Annuity, subject to the issuing Company’s restrictions on transfers to prevent or limit “market timing” activities by Owners or agents of Owners.

●¨¨		If you make one transfer from a Replaced Portfolio into one or more Sub-accounts before the substitution, or from the Replacement Portfolio after the substitution, any transfer fee that might otherwise be imposed will be waived from the date of this Supplement through the date that is 30 days after the substitution. In addition, if you make one transfer from a Replaced Portfolio into a Sub-account before the substitution or from the Replacement Portfolio within 30 days after the substitution, the transfer will not be treated as one of a limited number of transfers (or exchanges) permitted under your Annuity.

●¨¨		On the effective date of the substitution, your Account Value will be the same as before the substitution. However, the number of units you receive in the Replacement Portfolio may be different from the number of units in the Replaced Portfolio.

●¨¨		There will be no tax consequences to you.

In connection with the substitution, we will send you a prospectus for the Replacement Portfolio that contains complete information concerning the Replacement Portfolio, including information on all Replacement Portfolio fees and charges, as well as notice of the actual date of the substitution and confirmation of transfers.

Please keep this supplement for future reference together with your prospectus. No other action is required of you.


                         LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

                      Supplement Dated September 30, 2013
                To the following Prospectuses, as supplemented

CONSULTANT SOLUTIONS (CLASSIC, PLUS, ELITE, SELECT) PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2013
                   CONSULTANT I PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2013
                  LBL ADVANTAGE PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2004
                  CONSULTANT II PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2004
                 PREMIER PLANNER PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2004
                INVESTOR'S SELECT PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2007

The following information supplements the prospectus for your variable annuity
contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE ADDED TO THE "LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY"
PROVISION UNDER THE "MORE INFORMATION" SECTION OR THE "DESCRIPTION OF LINCOLN
BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT" SECTION OF YOUR PROSPECTUS:

On July 17, 2013, Allstate Life entered into an agreement with Resolution Life
Holdings, Inc. ("Resolution"), a Delaware corporation established by Resolution
Life L.P., pursuant to which Allstate Life agreed to sell Lincoln Benefit to
Resolution or a wholly-owned subsidiary of Resolution (the "Transaction"). The
Prudential Insurance Company of America or an affiliate will continue to
reinsure and administer the Variable Account and the Contracts. The benefits
and provisions of the Contracts will not be changed by the Transaction. Also,
the Transaction will not change the fact that Lincoln Benefit is the named
insurer under your Contract. Following the Transaction, Lincoln Benefit will no
longer be an affiliate of Allstate Life.

The Transaction and certain related agreements are subject to required
regulatory approvals. Subject to the receipt of such regulatory approvals, the
Transaction is targeted to close in the 4 th quarter of 2013.

Upon receipt of regulatory approvals, Lincoln Benefit will amend and restate
its existing reinsurance arrangements with Allstate Life. Lincoln Benefit will
recapture, and Allstate Life no longer will reinsure: (i) all fixed deferred
annuity, value adjusted deferred annuity and indexed deferred annuity business
written by Lincoln Benefit, (ii) all of the life insurance business written by
Lincoln Benefit through independent life insurance producers other than certain
specified life insurance policies and (iii) all of the net liability of Lincoln
Benefit with respect to the accident and health and long-term care insurance
business written by Lincoln Benefit (the "Recapture"). The benefits and
provisions of the Contracts will not be changed by the Recapture, and the
Recapture will not change the fact that Lincoln Benefit is the named insurer
under your Contract.

Pursuant to the Recapture, Allstate Life will transfer to Lincoln Benefit, for
inclusion in its general account reserves, cash and specified assets with an
aggregate statutory book value equal to net statutory general account reserves
attributable to the recaptured business, adjusted for the final settlement
amount under the applicable existing reinsurance agreements between Lincoln
Benefit and Allstate Life that are being amended and restated in connection
with the Transaction.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or our
Variable Annuity Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are
available to assist you from 7:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. Central time.

Please read the prospectus supplement carefully and then file it with your
important papers. No other action is required of you.


                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company
                        Supplement dated August 14, 2009
                 To the following Prospectuses, as supplemented:

               Consultant Solutions, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2009
                   Consultant I, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2009
                   LBL Advantage, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2004
                   Consultant II, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2004
                  Premier Planner, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2004

This prospectus supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the
prospectuses referenced above for your variable annuity contract issued by
Lincoln Benefit Life Company ("Lincoln Benefit").

The "Annual Reports and Other Documents" section is deleted and replaced with
the following:

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

The Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") recently adopted rule 12h-7 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Rule 12h-7
exempts an insurance company from filing reports under the Exchange Act when the
insurance company issues certain types of insurance products that are registered
under the Securities Act of 1933 and such products are regulated under state
law. Each of the variable annuities described in the prospectuses referenced
above fall within the exemption provided under rule 12h-7. Lincoln Benefit is
hereby providing notice that it is electing to rely on the exemption provided
under rule 12h-7 effective as of the date of this prospectus supplement or as
soon as possible thereafter, and will be suspending filing reports under the
Exchange Act.

The SEC allows us to "incorporate by reference" information that we file with
the SEC into this prospectus supplement which means that incorporated documents
are considered part of this prospectus supplement. We can disclose important
information to you by referring you to those documents. This prospectus
supplement incorporates by reference our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2008, filed with the SEC on March 18, 2009, and our Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on
May 12, 2009.

Lincoln Benefit will provide to each person, including any beneficial owner, to
whom a prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the information that has
been incorporated by reference into the prospectus but not delivered with the
prospectus. Such information will be provided upon written or oral request at no
cost to the requester by writing to Lincoln Benefit, P.O. Box 758565, Topeka, KS
66675-8565 or by calling 1-800- 457- 7617. The public may read and copy any
materials that Lincoln Benefit files with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference
Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy,
and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file
electronically with the SEC (see http://www.sec.gov).



                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company

                                 LBL Advantage
                                 Consultant II
                                Premier Planner

                         Supplement, dated May 1, 2009

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for
certain annuity contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

Under the "More Information" section, the subsection entitled "Legal Matters" is
deleted and replaced with the following:

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain matters of state law pertaining to the Contracts, including the validity
of the Contracts and Lincoln Benefit Life Company's right to issue such
Contracts under applicable state insurance law, have been passed upon by Susan
L. Lees, General Counsel of Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

The "Annual Reports and Other Documents" section is deleted and replaced with
the following:

ANNUAL REPORTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

Lincoln Benefit Life Company ("Lincoln Benefit") incorporates by reference into
the prospectus its latest annual report on Form 10-K filed pursuant to Section
13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act since the end of the fiscal year
covered by its latest annual report, including filings made on Form 10-Q and
Form 8-K. In addition, all documents subsequently filed by Lincoln Benefit
pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act also are
incorporated into the prospectus by reference. Lincoln Benefit will provide to
each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom a prospectus is delivered,
a copy of any or all of the information that has been incorporated by reference
into the prospectus but not delivered with the prospectus. Such information will
be provided upon written or oral request at no cost to the requester by writing
to Lincoln Benefit, P.O. Box 758565, Topeka, KS 66675-8565 or by calling 1-800-
457-7617. Lincoln Benefit files periodic reports as required under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The public may read and copy any materials that
Lincoln Benefit files with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F
Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the
operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The
SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy, and information
statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically
with the SEC (see http://www.sec.gov).



                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company
                  Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account

                       Supplement, dated January 14, 2005,
                                       to
                  The LBL Advantage Variable Annuity Prospectus
                                dated May 1, 2004

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the above-referenced
prospectus for certain variable annuity contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit Life
Company.

We have received notice that the Board of Trustees ("Board") of PIMCO Advisors
VIT has approved the liquidation, on or about April 29, 2005 (the "Closing
Date"), of the PEA Science and Technology Portfolio (the "PEA Portfolio").

The Board based its decision, in part, upon the fact that the PEA Portfolio is
relatively small in asset size and has failed to garner significant exposure in
the variable contract market. In addition, the Board believes the outlook for
future growth of the PEA Portfolio is not encouraging.

Due to the liquidation of the PEA Portfolio, we will no longer accept new
premiums for investment in, nor will we permit transfers to, the PEA Science and
Technology Portfolio Sub-Account ("PEA Sub-Account") on or after April 29, 2005.

Because the PEA Sub-Account will no longer be offered as an investment
alternative as of the Closing Date, you may wish to transfer, prior to April 29,
2005, some or all of your interest in the PEA Sub-Account to the other
investment alternatives currently offered by your Contract. Any value remaining
in the PEA Sub-Account will be transferred automatically, as of the Closing
Date, to the PIMCO VIT Money Market Sub-Account, an investment alternative
already available under your Contract. These transfers are not subject to a
transfer fee.

If you currently have allocations made to the PEA Sub-Account through automatic
additions, automatic portfolio rebalancing, dollar cost averaging or systematic
withdrawal programs, your allocation in the PEA Sub-Account will also need to be
changed in these programs. If you do not change this allocation to other
investment alternatives currently available under your Policy, any allocation to
the PEA Sub-Account will be automatically allocated, as of the Closing Date, to
the PIMCO VIT Money Market Sub-Account.

If your interest in the PEA Sub-Account is transferred automatically on the
Closing Date to the PIMCO VIT Money Market Sub-Account, for 60 days following
the Closing Date, you may transfer your interest in the PIMCO VIT Money Market
Sub-Account to any other investment alternative(s) available under your
Contract. This transfer is not subject to a transfer fee.

We will send you a confirmation that shows the amount that we credited to the
PIMCO VIT Money Market Sub-Account or to the investment alternative that you
chose and the date of the transaction. For additional information on how to
transfer to another investment alternative, or how to make a change to your
current allocation(s), please contact your financial representative or call our
Customer Service Center at the number listed below.

Attached, as Appendix A, is a list of the Portfolios and Fixed Account
Investment Alternatives currently available under your Contract.

Please keep this supplement for future reference together with your
prospectuses.

Number for Customer Service Center: 1-800-865-5237

                                   Appendix A

The LBL Advantage Variable Annuity contract offers a variety of Investment
Alternatives that encompass investment choices ranging from aggressive to
conservative. Below is a listing of the Portfolios and Fixed Account Investment
Alternatives currently available. Also included is the investment objective for
each Portfolio.

For more complete information about each Portfolio, including expenses and risks
associated with the Portfolio, please refer to the relevant prospectus for the
Portfolio.

                                   PORTFOLIOS

AIM V.I. Basic Value Fund - Series I Seeks long-term growth of capital.

AIM V.I. Dent Demographics Trends Fund - Series I Seeks long-term growth of
capital.

Alger American Growth Portfolio - Class S Seeks long-term capital appreciation.



Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio - Service Class 2 Seeks reasonable income.

Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio - Service Class 2 Seeks capital appreciation.

Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio - Service Class 2 Seeks as high a
level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital.

Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio - Service Class 2 Seeks long-term growth of
capital.

Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio: Institutional Shares Seeks
long-term growth of capital.

Janus Aspen Series Foreign Stock Portfolio: Service Shares Seeks long-term
growth of capital.

Janus Aspen Series Worldwide Growth Portfolio: Service Shares Seeks long-term
growth of capital in a manner consistent with the preservation of capital.

Lazard Emerging Markets Portfolio Seeks long-term capital appreciation

MFS New Discovery Series - Service Class Seeks capital appreciation.

MFS Utilities Series - Service Class Seeks capital growth and current income.

Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund/VA - Service Shares Seeks capital
appreciation.

Oppenheimer International Growth Fund/VA - Service Shares Seeks capital
appreciation.

PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio Seeks growth of capital and investment income.

PAVIT OpCap Small Cap Portfolio Seeks capital appreciation.

PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio (U.S. Dollar-Hedged) - Administrative Shares
Seeks to maximize total return, consistent with preservation of capital and
prudent investment management.

PIMCO VIT Money Market Portfolio - Administrative Shares Seeks to obtain maximum
current income consistent with preservation of capital and daily liquidity.

PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio - Administrative Shares Seeks maximum real
return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment
management.

PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio - Administrative Shares Seeks to maximize total
return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment
management.

Putnam VT High Yield Fund - Class IB Seeks high current income. Capital growth
is a secondary goal when consistent with achieving high current income. The fund
seeks its goal by investing at least 80% in U.S. corporate rated below
investment grade (junk bonds) and that have intermediate to long-term maturities
(three years or longer.)

Putnam VT International Growth and Income Fund - Class IB Seeks capital growth.
Current income is a secondary objective.

Rydex VT OTC Fund Seeks investment results that correspond to a benchmark for
over-the-counter securities. The Portfolio's current benchmark is the NASDAQ 100
Index.

Rydex VT Sector Rotation Fund Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Salomon Brothers Variable All Cap Fund - Class I Seeks capital appreciation.

Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund - Class I Seeks long-term growth of
capital with current income as a secondary objective.

Scudder VIT EAFE Equity Index Fund - Class B Seeks to replicate as closely as
possible before deduction of expenses, performance of the MSCI EAFE Index which
emphasizes stocks of companies in major markets in Europe, Australia, and the
Far East.



THE LBL ADVANTAGE VARIABLE ANNUITY

Prospectus dated May 1, 2004

Lincoln Benefit Life Company ("LINCOLN BENEFIT" "WE", OR "US") is offering the
LBL Advantage Variable Annuity, a group and individual flexible premium deferred
variable annuity contract ("CONTRACT"). This prospectus contains information
about the Contract that you should know before investing. Please keep it for
future reference.

The Contract currently offers 40 "INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES" The investment
alternatives include 3 fixed account options ("FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS") and 37
variable subaccounts ("VARIABLE SUBACCOUNTS") of the Lincoln Benefit Life
Variable Annuity Account ("VARIABLE ACCOUNT"). Each Variable Subaccount invests
exclusively in shares of the portfolios ("PORTFOLIOS") of the following
underlying funds ("FUNDS"):

AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS          PIMCO ADVISERS VIT
THE ALGER AMERICAN FUND               PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE        PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST
 PRODUCTS                             THE RYDEX VARIABLE TRUST
JANUS ASPEN SERIES                    SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS
LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES, INC.         INC
MFS(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST(SM)   SCUDDER INVESTMENTS VIT FUNDS
OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS    THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.
PANORAMA SERIES FUND, INC.            VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST

Each Fund has multiple Portfolios. Not all of the Funds and/or Portfolios,
however, may be available with your Contract. You should check with your
representative for further information on the availability of Funds and/or
Portfolios. Your annuity application will list all available Portfolios.

Lincoln Benefit has filed a Statement of Additional Information, dated May 1,
2004, with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). It contains more
information about the Contract and is incorporated herein by reference, which
means it is legally a part of this prospectus. Its table of contents appears on
page 58 of this prospectus. For a free copy, please write or call us at the
address or telephone number above, or go to the SEC's Web site
(http://www.sec.gov). You can find other information and documents about us,
including documents that are legally part of this prospectus, at the SEC's Web
site.

EFFECTIVE MAY 1, 2004, THIS CONTRACT IS NO LONGER BEING OFFERED FOR SALE.

            THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT APPROVED OR
            DISAPPROVED THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, NOR HAS IT
            PASSED ON THE ACCURACY OR THE ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANYONE
IMPORTANT   WHO TELLS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A FEDERAL CRIME.

NOTICES     THE CONTRACTS MAY BE DISTRIBUTED THROUGH BROKER-DEALERS THAT HAVE
            RELATIONSHIPS WITH BANKS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS OR BY
            EMPLOYEES OF SUCH BANKS. HOWEVER, THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR
            OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED BY SUCH INSTITUTIONS OR ANY FEDERAL
            REGULATORY AGENCY. INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACTS INVOLVES INVESTMENT
            RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.

            THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT FDIC INSURED.

                                  1 PROSPECTUS



THE CONTRACT AT A GLANCE

The following is a snapshot of the Contracts. Please read the remainder of this
prospectus for more information.

FLEXIBLE PAYMENTS                You can purchase a Contract with as little as
                                 $10,000. You can add to your Contract as often
                                 and as much as you like, but each payment must
                                 be at least $100 unless you enroll in an
                                 automatic payment plan, in which case each
                                 payment must be at least $50.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RIGHT TO CANCEL                  You may cancel your Contract within 20 days of
                                 receipt or any longer period as your state may
                                 require ("CANCELLATION PERIOD"). Upon
                                 cancellation, we will return your purchase
                                 payments adjusted, to the extent federal or
                                 state law permits, to reflect the investment
                                 experience of any amounts allocated to the
                                 Variable Account. If your Contract is qualified
                                 under Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code,
                                 we will refund the greater of any purchase
                                 payments or the Contract Value.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSES                         You will bear the following expenses:

                                 .   Total Variable Account annual fees equal to
                                     1.35% of average daily net assets (1.60% if
                                     you select the ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT
                                     RIDER, 1.55% if you elect the INCOME
                                     BENEFIT RIDER, and 1.80% if you select both
                                     the Enhanced Death Benefit and the Income
                                     Benefit Riders).

                                 .   If you select the ENHANCED EARNINGS DEATH
                                     BENEFIT RIDER, you would pay an additional
                                     annual fee of up to 0.35% of average daily
                                     net assets (depending on the oldest
                                     Contract owner's age on the date we issue
                                     the Rider). For more information about
                                     Variable Account expenses, see "EXPENSES"
                                     below.

                                 .   Withdrawal charges ranging from 0% to 8% of
                                     purchase payment withdrawn (with certain
                                     exceptions)

                                 .   Transfer fee of up to 0.50% of the transfer
                                     amount, but not less than $25, after 12th
                                     transfer in any CONTRACT YEAR (fee
                                     currently waived)

                                 .   State premium tax (if your state imposes
                                     one). In addition, each Portfolio pays
                                     expenses that you will bear indirectly if
                                     you invest in a Variable Subaccount.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT                       The Contract offers 40 Investment Alternatives
ALTERNATIVES                     including:

                                 .   3 Fixed Account Options (which credit
                                     interest at rates we guarantee)

                                 .   37 Variable Subaccounts investing in
                                     Portfolios offering professional money
                                     management by these investment advisers:

                                     .   A I M Advisors, Inc.

                                     .   Deutsche Asset Management Inc.

                                     .   Fred Alger Management, Inc.

                                     .   Fidelity Management & Research Company

                                     .   Janus Capital Management LLC

                                     .   Lazard Asset Management LLC

                                     .   MFS(TM) Investment Management

                                     .   OpCap Advisors LLC

                                     .   OppenheimerFunds, Inc.

                                     .   Pacific Investment Management Company
                                         LLC

                                     .   Putnam Investment Management, LLC

                                     .   Rydex Investments

                                     .   Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc

                                     .   Van Kampen*

                                     .   Van Kampen Asset Management

                                 To find out current rates being paid on the
                                 fixed account options or how the Variable
                                 Subaccounts have performed, call us at
                                 1-800-865-5237.

                                 *   Morgan Stanley Invesement Management Inc.,
                                     the adviser to the UIF Portfolios, does
                                     business in certain instances as Van
                                     Kampen.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIAL SERVICES                 For your convenience, we offer these special
                                 services:

                                 .   AUTOMATIC PORTFOLIO REBALANCING PROGRAM

                                 .   AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

                                 .   DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

                                 .   SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME PAYMENTS                  You can choose fixed income payments, variable
                                 income payments, or a combination of the two.
                                 You can receive your income payments in one of
                                 the following ways:

                                 .   life income with guaranteed payments

                                 .   a "joint and survivor" life income with
                                     guaranteed payments

                                 .   guaranteed payments for a specified period
                                     (5 to 30 years)

                                 We offer an optional Income Benefit Rider.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFITS                   If you or the ANNUITANT (if the Contract Owner
                                 is a non-living person) die before the PAYOUT
                                 START DATE, we will pay the death benefit
                                 described in the Contract. We offer an Enhanced
                                 Death Benefit Rider and Enhanced Earnings Death
                                 Benefit Rider. The Enhanced Earnings Death
                                 Benefit Rider is not available for purchase
                                 with any IRA at this time.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSFERS                        Before the Payout Start Date, you may transfer
                                 your Contract value ("CONTRACT VALUE") among
                                 the investment alternatives, with certain
                                 restrictions. We do not currently impose a fee
                                 upon transfers. However, we reserve the right
                                 to charge up to 0.50% of the transfer amount,
                                 but not less than $25 per transfer after the
                                 12th transfer in each "Contract Year", which we
                                 measure from the date we issue your Contract or
                                 a Contract anniversary ("CONTRACT
                                 ANNIVERSARY"), which is the anniversary of your
                                 Contract's Issue Date.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WITHDRAWALS                      You may withdraw some or all of your Contract
                                 Value at any time prior to the Payout Start
                                 Date. In general, you must withdraw at least
                                 $50 at a time. Full or partial withdrawals are
                                 available under limited circumstances on or
                                 after the Payout Start Date. Withdrawals of
                                 earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if
                                 taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an
                                 additional 10% federal tax penalty. A
                                 withdrawal charge and a MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
                                 also may apply.

                                  4 PROSPECTUS

HOW THE CONTRACT WORKS

The Contract basically works in two ways.

First, the Contract can help you (we assume you are the CONTRACT OWNER) save for
retirement because you can invest in up to 40 investment alternatives and
generally pay no federal income taxes on any earnings until you withdraw them.
The income on qualified plan and IRA investments is tax deferred and variable
annuities held by such plans do not receive any additional tax deferral. See
"TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS" on page 41. You do this during what we call the
"ACCUMULATION PHASE" of the Contract. The Accumulation Phase begins on the date
we issue your Contract (we call that date the "ISSUE DATE") and continues until
the Payout Start Date, which is the date we apply your money to provide income
payments. During the Accumulation Phase, you may allocate your purchase payments
to any combination of the Variable Subaccounts and/or Fixed Account Options. If
you invest in any of the three Fixed Account Options, you will earn a fixed rate
of interest that we declare periodically. If you invest in any of the Variable
Subaccounts, your investment return will vary up or down depending on the
performance of the corresponding Portfolios.

Second, the Contract can help you plan for retirement because you can use it to
receive retirement income for life and/ or for a pre-set number of years, by
selecting one of the income payment options (we call these "INCOME PLANS")
described on page 28. You receive income payments during what we call the
"PAYOUT PHASE" of the Contract, which begins on the Payout Start Date and
continues until we make the last payment required by the Income Plan you select.
During the Payout Phase, if you select a fixed income payment option, we
guarantee the amount of your payments, which will remain fixed. If you select a
variable income payment option, based on one or more of the Variable
Subaccounts, the amount of your payments will vary up or down depending on the
performance of the corresponding Portfolios. The amount of money you accumulate
under your Contract during the Accumulation Phase and apply to an Income Plan
will determine the amount of your income payments during the Payout Phase.

The timeline below illustrates how you might use your Contract.

Issue Payout Start
Date Accumulation Phase Date Payout Phase
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You buy You save for retirement You elect to receive You can receive Or you can receive
a Contract income payments or income payments income payments
receive a lump sum for a set period for life
payment

As the Contract Owner, you exercise all of the rights and privileges provided by
the Contract. If you die, any surviving Contract Owner or, if none, the
BENEFICIARY will exercise the rights and privileges provided by the Contract.
SEE"The Contract." In addition, if you die before the Payout Start Date, we will
pay a death benefit to any surviving Contract Owner, or if there is none, to
your Beneficiary. SEE "Death Benefits."

Please call us at 1-800-865-5237 if you have any questions about how the
Contract works.

5 PROSPECTUS



EXPENSE TABLE

THE FOLLOWING TABLES LIST THE EXPENSES AND FEES THAT YOU WILL BEAR DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY WHEN YOU BUY, OWN, OR SURRENDER A CONTRACT. THE FIRST TABLE DESCRIBES
THE FEES AND EXPENSES THAT YOU WILL PAY AT THE TIME THAT YOU BUY THE CONTRACT,
SURRENDER THE CONTRACT, OR TRANSFER CASH VALUE BETWEEN PORTFOLIOS. THE TABLES
AND THE EXAMPLES THAT FOLLOW DO NOT REFLECT PREMIUM TAXES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED BY
THE STATE WHERE YOU RESIDE. FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
EXPENSES, SEE "EXPENSES," BELOW. FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT PORTFOLIO EXPENSES,
PLEASE REFER TO THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUSES FOR THE FUNDS.

CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of purchase payments)*

                     Number of Complete Years Since We Received the Purchase Payment Being Withdrawn:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract:            0         1         2         3         4         5         6         7        8+
Applicable Charge:   8%        7%        7%        6%        6%        5%        4%        3%       0%

All Contracts:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer Fee                              up to 0.50% of the amount transferred**

*    Each Contract Year, you may withdraw the greater of earnings not previously
     withdrawn or 15% of your New Purchase Payments (as defined in "Withdrawal
     Charge" below) without incurring a withdrawal charge. You may withdraw any
     Purchase Payment made more than 8 years before the withdrawal, which have
     not been previously withdrawn, without paying the charge.

**   Applies solely to the thirteenth and subsequent transfers within a Contract
     Year, excluding transfers due to dollar cost averaging and automatic
     portfolio rebalancing. We are currently waiving the transfer fee.

THE TABLE BELOW DESCRIBES THE FEES AND EXPENSES THAT YOU WILL PAY PERIODICALLY
DURING THE TIME THAT YOU OWN THE CONTRACT, NOT INCLUDING PORTFOLIO FEES AND
EXPENSES.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES

(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSET VALUE DEDUCTED FROM EACH VARIABLE
SUBACCOUNT)

                          Mortality and Expense Risk    Administrative   Total Variable Account
                                   Charge              Expense Charge*      Annual Expense
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Without the Enhanced
Death Benefit or Income              1.25%                  0.10%                 1.35%
Benefit Riders
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With the Enhanced Death              1.50%                  0.10%                 1.60%
Benefit Rider
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With the Income Benefit              1.45%                  0.10%                 1.55%
Rider
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With the Income Benefit
and Enhanced Death                   1.70%                  0.10%                 1.80%
Benefit Riders
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

If you elect the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider, your Total Variable
Account Annual Expenses will be increased, based on the oldest Contract Owner's
age on the date we issue the Rider, as follows:

 Age    Annual Charge
---------------------
0-55        0.15%
---------------------
56-65       0.25%
---------------------
66-75       0.35%
---------------------

THE TABLE BELOW SHOWS THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES CHARGED
BY THE PORTFOLIOS THAT YOU MAY PAY PERIODICALLY DURING THE TIME THAT YOU OWN THE
CONTRACT. ADVISERS AND/OR OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS OF CERTAIN PORTFOLIOS MAY HAVE
AGREED TO WAIVE THEIR FEES AND/OR REIMBURSE PORTFOLIO EXPENSES IN ORDER TO KEEP
THE PORTFOLIOS' EXPENSES BELOW SPECIFIED LIMITS. THE RANGE OF EXPENSES SHOWN IN
THIS TABLE DOES NOT SHOW THE EFFECT

                                  6 PROSPECTUS



OF ANY SUCH FEE WAIVER OR EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT. MORE DETAIL CONCERNING EACH
PORTFOLIO'S FEES AND EXPENSES APPEARS IN THE PROSPECTUS FOR EACH PORTFOLIO.

                    TOTAL ANNUAL PORTFOLIO OPERATING EXPENSES
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Minimum   Maximum
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses/(1)/ (expenses
that are deducted from Portfolio assets, including any
management fees, distribution and/or
service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses)                   0.50%     4.31%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  EXPENSES ARE SHOWN AS A PERCENTAGE OF PORTFOLIO AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS,
     BEFORE ANY WAIVER OR REIMBURSEMENT, AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003.

EXAMPLES

EXAMPLE 1

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
Contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include Contract owner transaction expenses, Contract fees, Variable
Account annual expenses, and Portfolio fees and expenses and assume no transfers
or exchanges were made. The Example shows the dollar amount of expenses that you
would bear directly or indirectly if you:

.    invested $10,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated,

.    earned a 5% annual return on your investment, and

.    surrendered your Contract, or you began receiving income payments for a
     specified period of less than 120 months, at the end of each time period,
     and

.    elected the Income Benefit, Enhanced Death Benefit, and Enhanced Earnings
     Death Benefit Riders (assuming Contract Owner is age 66-75 on rider issue
     date and with total Variable Account expenses of 2.15%.)

THE EXAMPLE DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY TAXES OR TAX PENALTIES YOU MAY BE REQUIRED TO
PAY IF YOU SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT.

The first line of the Example assumes that the maximum fees and expenses of any
of the Portfolios are charged. The second line of the Example assumes that the
minimum fees and expenses of any of the Portfolios are charged. Your actual
expenses may be higher or lower than those shown below.

                                                   1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses   $1,257    $2,464    $3,629    $6,157
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Minimum Annual Portfolio Expenses   $  867    $1,343    $1,846    $3,012
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  7 PROSPECTUS



THE CONTRACT

CONTRACT OWNER

The LBL Advantage Variable Annuity is a contract between you, the Contract
Owner, and Lincoln Benefit, a life insurance company. As the Contract Owner, you
may exercise all of the rights and privileges provided to you by the Contract.
That means it is up to you to select or change (to the extent permitted):

.    the investment alternatives during the Accumulation and Payout Phases,

.    the amount and timing of your purchase payments and withdrawals,

.    the programs you want to use to invest or withdraw money,

.    the income payment plan you want to use to receive retirement income,

.    the Annuitant (either yourself or someone else) on whose life the income
     payments will be based,

.    the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries who will receive the benefits that the
     Contract provides when the last surviving Contract Owner dies, and

.    any other rights that the Contract provides.

If you die, any surviving Contract Owner, or, if none, the Beneficiary, may
exercise the rights and privileges provided to them by the Contract.

The Contract cannot be jointly owned by both a non-living person and a living
person. If the Contract Owner is a grantor trust, the Contract Owner will be
considered a non-living person for purposes of this section and the Death
Benefits section. The maximum age of the oldest Contract Owner and Annuitant
cannot exceed 90 as of the date we receive the completed application.

You may change the Contract Owner at any time. We will provide a change of
ownership form to be signed by you and filed with us. After we accept the form,
the change of ownership will be effective as of the date you signed the form.
Until we receive your written notice to change the Contract Owner, we are
entitled to rely on the most recent ownership information in our files. We will
not be liable as to any payment or settlement made prior to receiving the
written notice. Accordingly, if you wish to change the Contract Owner, you
should deliver your written notice to us promptly. Each change is subject to any
payment made by us or any other action we take before we accept the change.
Changing ownership of this Contract may cause adverse tax consequences and may
not be allowed under qualified plans. Please consult with a competent tax
advisor prior to making a request for a change of Contract Owner. The Income
Benefit Rider terminates upon changes of the Annuitant. The Enhanced Earnings
Death Benefit Rider terminates upon changes of the Owner or, if the Owner is a
non-living person, the Annuitant.

The Contract can also be purchased as an IRA or TSA (also known as a 403(b)).
The endorsements required to qualify these annuities under the Code may limit or
modify your rights and privileges under the Contract. Qualified plans may limit
or modify your rights and privileges under the Contract. Variable Annuities held
by Qualified Plans do not receive any additional tax deferral.

ANNUITANT

The Annuitant is the individual whose life determines the amount and duration of
income payments (other than under Income Plans with guaranteed payments for a
specified period). You initially designate an Annuitant in your application. You
may change the Annuitant at any time prior to the Payout Start Date (only if the
Contract Owner is a living person). Once we accept a change, it takes effect as
of the date you signed the request. Each change is subject to any payment we
make or other action we take before we accept it.

If the Contract is a non-qualified Contract, you may designate a joint
Annuitant, who is a second person on whose life income payments depend. We
permit joint Annuitants only during the Payout Phase. If the sole surviving
Annuitant dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the new Annuitant will be:

(i)  the youngest Contract Owner; otherwise,

(ii) the youngest Beneficiary.

BENEFICIARY

The Beneficiary is the person who may elect to receive the death benefit or
become the new Contract owner subject to the Death of Owner provision if the
sole surviving Contract owner dies before the Payout Start Date. If the sole
surviving Contract Owner dies after the Payout Start Date, the PRIMARY
BENEFICIARY, or if none surviving, the CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, will receive any
guaranteed income payments scheduled to continue.

You may name one or more primary Beneficiaries when you apply for a Contract.
The primary Beneficiary is the person who may elect to receive the death benefit
or become the new Contract Owner if the sole surviving Contract Owner dies
before the Payout Start Date. You may also name one or more Contingent
Beneficiaries who will receive any Death Benefit or Guaranteed Income Benefit if
no Beneficiary survives the sole surviving Contract Owner.

You may change or add Beneficiaries at any time, unless you have designated an
irrevocable Beneficiary. We will provide a change of Beneficiary form to be
signed by you and filed with us. After we accept the form, the change of
Beneficiary will be effective as of the date you signed the form. Until we
receive your written notice to change a Beneficiary, we are entitled to rely on
the most recent Beneficiary information in our files. We will not be liable

                                  10 PROSPECTUS



as to any payment or settlement made prior to receiving the written notice.
Accordingly, if you wish to change your Beneficiary, you should deliver your
written notice to us promptly. Each change is subject to any payment made by us
or any other action we take before we accept the change.

Unless you have provided directions to the contrary, the Beneficiaries will take
equal shares. If there is more than one Beneficiary in a class and one of the
Beneficiaries predeceases the Contract Owner or Annuitant, the remaining
Beneficiaries in that class will divide the deceased Beneficiary's share in
proportion to the original shares of the remaining Beneficiaries.

If more than one Beneficiary shares in the Death Proceeds, each Beneficiary will
be treated as a separate and independent owner of his or her respective share.
Each Beneficiary will exercise all rights related to his or her share, including
the sole right to select a payout option, subject to any restrictions previously
placed upon the Beneficiary. Each Beneficiary may designate a Beneficiary(ies)
for his or her respective share, but that designated Beneficiary(ies) will be
restricted to the payout option chosen by the original Beneficiary.

If there is more than one Beneficiary and one of the Beneficiaries is a
corporation or other type of non-living person, all beneficiaires will be
considered to be non-living persons.

You may specify that the Death Benefit be paid under a specific Income Plan by
submitting a written request to our Service Center. If you so request, your
Beneficiary may not change to a different Income Plan or lump sum. Once we
accept the written requst, the change or restriction wll take effect as of the
date you signed the request. Any change is subject to any payment we make or
other action we take before we accept the changes.

Different rules may apply to Contracts issued in connection with Qualified
Plans.

If you did not name a Beneficiary or, unless otherwise provided in the
Beneficiary designation, if a named Beneficiary is no longer living and there
are no other surviving Beneficiaries or Contingent Beneficiaries, the new
Beneficiary will be:

.    your spouse or, if he or she is no longer alive,

.    your surviving children equally, or if you have no surviving children,

.    your estate.

If one or more Beneficiaries survive you (or survives the Annuitant, if the
Contract Owner is not a living person), we will divide the death benefit among
the surviving Beneficiaries according to your most recent written instructions.
If you have not given us written instructions, we will pay the death benefit in
equal amounts to the surviving Beneficiaries.

MODIFICATION OF THE CONTRACT

Only a Lincoln Benefit officer may approve a change in or waive any provision of
the Contract. Any change or waiver must be in writing. None of our agents has
the authority to change or waive the provisions of the Contract. We may not
change the terms of the Contract without your consent, except to conform the
Contract to applicable law or changes in the law. If a provision of the Contract
is inconsistent with state law, we will follow state law.

ASSIGNMENT

We will honor an assignment of an interest in a Contract as collateral or
security for a loan. No Beneficiary may assign benefits under the Contract until
they are payable to the Beneficiary. We will not be bound by any assignment
until the assignor signs it and files it with us. We are not responsible for the
validity of any assignment. Federal law prohibits or restricts the assignment of
benefits under many types of Qualified Plans and other types of retirement plans
and the terms of such plans may themselves contain restrictions on assignments.
An assignment may also result in taxes or tax penalties. YOU SHOULD CONSULT AN
ATTORNEY BEFORE TRYING TO ASSIGN YOUR CONTRACT.

PURCHASES

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Your initial purchase payment must be at least $10,000. All subsequent purchase
payments must be $100 or more unless part of an automatic additions program.
Each purchase payment made to the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account must be at
least $1,200. If we receive purchase payments designated for the Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account that are lower than the required minimum of $1,200, or
purchase payments designated for a Guarantee Period that are lower than $500,
such amounts will be allocated to the PIMCO Money Market Portfolio. You may make
purchase payments at any time prior to the Payout Start Date. We reserve the
right to limit the maximum amount of purchase payments we will accept. The most
we will accept without our prior approval is $1,000,000. We also reserve the
right to reject any application.

AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

You may make subsequent purchase payments of $50 or more by automatically
transferring money from your bank account. Consult your representative for more
detailed information.

ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

At the time you apply for a Contract, you must decide how to allocate your
purchase payments among the investment alternatives. The allocation you specify
on

                                  11 PROSPECTUS



your application will be effective immediately. All allocations must be in whole
percents that total 100% or in whole dollars. You can change your allocations by
notifying us in writing.

We will allocate your purchase payments to the investment alternatives according
to your most recent instructions on file with us. Unless you notify us in
writing otherwise, we will allocate subsequent purchase payments according to
the allocation for the previous purchase payment. We will effect any change in
allocation instructions at the time we receive written notice of the change in
good order.

We will credit the initial purchase payment that accompanies your completed
application to your Contract within 2 business days after we receive the payment
at our home office. If your application is incomplete, we will ask you to
complete your application within 5 business days. If you do so, we will credit
your initial purchase payment to your Contract within that 5 business day
period. If you do not, we will return your purchase payment at the end of the 5
business day period unless you expressly allow us to hold it until you complete
the application. We will credit subsequent purchase payments to the Contract at
the close of the business day on which we receive the purchase payment at our
home office.

We are open for business each day Monday through Friday that the New York Stock
Exchange is open for business, except for certain days immediately preceding or
following certain national holidays when the New York Stock Exchange is open for
business. Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for business is
referred to as a VALUATION DATE. We determine the number of Accumulation Units
for each Variable Subaccount to allocate to your contract by dividing that
portion of your Purchase Payment allocated to a Variable Subaccount by that
Variable Subaccount's Accumulation Unit Value on the Valuation Date when the
allocation occurs. Our business day closes when the New York Stock Exchange
closes, usually 4 p.m. Eastern Time (3 p.m. Central Time). If we receive your
purchase payment after 3 p.m. Central Time on any Valuation Date, we will credit
your purchase payment using the Accumulation Unit Values computed on the next
Valuation Date.

RIGHT TO CANCEL

You may cancel the Contract by returning it to us within the Cancellation
Period, which is the 20 day period after you receive the Contract, or a longer
period should your state require it. You may return it by delivering it or
mailing it to us. If you exercise this "RIGHT TO CANCEL," the Contract
terminates and we will pay you the full amount of your purchase payments
allocated to the Fixed Account. We also will return your purchase payments
allocated to the Variable Account adjusted, to the extent federal or state law
permits, to reflect investment gain or loss that occurred from the date of
allocation through the date of cancellation. Some states may require us to
return a greater amount to you. If your Contract is qualified under Section 408
of the Internal Revenue Code, we will refund the greater of any purchase
payments or the Contract Value.

In states where we are required to refund purchase payments, we reserve the
right during the Cancellation Period to invest any purchase payments you
allocated to a Variable Subaccount to the Money Market Variable Subaccount
available under the Contract. We will notify you if we do so. At the end of the
Cancellation Period, we will allocate the amount in the Money Market Variable
Subaccount to the Variable Subaccount as you originally designated.

CONTRACT VALUE

Your Contract Value at any time during the Accumulation Phase is equal to the
sum of the value of your Accumulation Units in the Variable Subaccounts you have
selected, plus the value of your investment in the Fixed Account Options.

ACCUMULATION UNITS

To determine the number of Accumulation Units of each Variable Subaccount to
credit to your Contract, we divide (i) the amount of the purchase payment or
transfer you have allocated to a Variable Subaccount by (ii) the Accumulation
Unit Value of that Variable Subaccount next computed after we receive your
payment or transfer. For example, if we receive a $10,000 purchase payment
allocated to a Variable Subaccount when the Accumulation Unit Value for the
Subaccount is $10, we would credit 1,000 Accumulation Units of that Variable
Subaccount to your Contract. Withdrawals and transfers from a Variable
Subaccount would, of course, reduce the number of Accumulation Units of that
Subaccount allocated to your Contract.

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE

As a general matter, the Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Subaccount
will rise or fall to reflect:

.    changes in the share price of the Portfolio in which the Variable
     Subaccount invests, and

.    the deduction of amounts reflecting the mortality and expense risk charge
     administrative expense charge, and any provision for taxes that have
     accrued since we last calculated the Accumulation Unit Value.

We determine withdrawal charges, and transfer fees (currently waived) separately
for each Contract. They do not affect Accumulation Unit Value. Instead, we
obtain payment of those charges and fees by redeeming Accumulation Units. For
details on how we calculate

                                  12 PROSPECTUS



INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE VARIABLE SUBACCOUNTS

You may allocate your purchase payments to up to 37 Variable Subaccounts. Each
Variable Subaccount invests in the shares of a corresponding Portfolio. Each
Portfolio has its own investment objective(s) and policies. We briefly describe
the Portfolios below.

For more complete information about each Portfolio, including expenses and risks
associated with the Portfolio, please refer to the accompanying prospectuses for
the Funds. You should carefully review the Fund prospectuses before allocating
amounts to the Variable Subaccounts.

PORTFOLIO                 PORTFOLIO OBJECTIVE              INVESTMENT ADVISOR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS (8)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Basic Value      Long-term growth of capital      A I M ADVISORS, INC.
 Fund - Series I (1)
--------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Dent             Long-term growth of capital
 Demographic Trends
 Fund - Series I
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE ALGER AMERICAN FUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alger American Growth     Long-term capital                FRED ALGER
 Portfolio - Class S       appreciation                     MANAGEMENT, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP              Reasonable income                FIDELITY MANAGEMENT &
 Equity-Income                                              RESEARCH COMPANY
 Portfolio - Service
 Class 2
--------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth       Capital appreciation
 Portfolio - Service
 Class 2
--------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Investment   As high a level of current
 Grade Bond Portfolio -    income as is consistent
 Service Class 2           with the preservation of
                           capital
--------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Overseas     Long-term growth of capital.
 Portfolio - Service
 Class 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JANUS ASPEN SERIES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series        Long-term growth of capital      JANUS CAPITAL
 Capital Appreciation                                       MANAGEMENT LLC
 Portfolio:
 Institutional Shares
 (2)
--------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series        Long-term growth of capital
 Foreign Stock
 Portfolio: Service
 Shares (3)
--------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series        Long-term growth of capital
 Worldwide Growth          in a manner consistent with
 Portfolio: Service        the preservation of
 Shares                    capital.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lazard Emerging Markets   Long-term capital                LAZARD ASSET
 Portfolio                 appreciation                     MANAGEMENT LLC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST(SM)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS New Discovery         Capital appreciation             MFS(TM) INVESTMENT
 Series - Service Class                                     MANAGEMENT
--------------------------------------------------------
MFS Utilities Series -    Capital growth and current
 Service Class             income
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Main Street   Capital appreciation             OPPENHEIMERFUNDS,
 Small Cap Fund/VA -                                        INC.
 Service Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANORAMA SERIES FUND, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer               Capital appreciation             OPPENHEIMERFUNDS,
 International Growth                                       INC.
 Fund/VA - Service
 Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO ADVISERS VIT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap Balanced      Growth of capital and            OPCAP ADVISORS LLC
 Portfolio (1)             investment income
--------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT PEA Science and     Capital appreciation
 Technology Portfolio
--------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap Small Cap     Capital appreciation
 Portfolio
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Foreign Bond        To maximize total return,        PACIFIC INVESTMENT
 Portfolio (U.S.           consistent with                  MANAGEMENT COMPANY
 Dollar-Hedged) -          preservation of capital and      LLC
 Administrative Shares     prudent investment
                           management
--------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Money Market        To obtain maximum current
 Portfolio -               income consistent with
 Administrative Shares     preservation of capital and
                           daily liquidity.
--------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Real Return         Seeks maximum real return,
 Portfolio -               consistent with
 Administrative Shares     preservation of real
                           capital and prudent
                           investment management.
--------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Total Return        To maximize total return,
 Portfolio -               consistent with
 Administrative Shares     preservation of capital and
                           prudent investment
                           management.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam VT High Yield      High current income. Capital     PUTNAM INVESTMENT
 Fund - Class IB           growth is a secondary goal       MANAGEMENT, LLC
                           when consistent with
                           achieving high current
                           income. The fund seeks its
                           goal by investing at least
                           80% in U.S. corporate rated
                           below investment grade
                           (junk bonds) and that have
                           intermediate to long-term
                           maturities (three years or
                           longer.)
--------------------------------------------------------
Putnam VT International   Capital growth. Current
 Growth and Income Fund    income is a secondary
 - Class IB                objective.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE RYDEX VARIABLE TRUST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex VT OTC Fund         Investment results that          RYDEX INVESTMENTS
                           correspond to a benchmark
                           for over-the-counter
                           securities. The Portfolio's
                           current benchmark is the
                           NASDAQ 100 Index.
--------------------------------------------------------
Rydex VT Sector           Long-term capital
 Rotation Fund             appraciation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS INC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers          Capital appreciation             SALOMON BROTHERS
 Variable All Cap Fund                                      ASSET MANAGEMENT INC
 - Class I (formerly
 Capital Fund) Class I
--------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers          Long-term growth of capital
 Variable Investors        with current income as a
 Fund - Class I (1)        secondary objective
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCUDDER INVESTMENTS VIT FUNDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT EAFE Equity   To replicate as closely as       DEUTSCHE ASSET
 Index Fund - Class B      possible before deduction        MANAGEMENT, INC.
                           of expenses, performance of
                           the MSCI EAFE Index which
                           emphasizes stocks of companies
                           in major markets in Europe,
                           Australia, and the Far East.
--------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT Equity 500    To replicate as closely as
 Index Fund - Class B      possible before deduction of
                           expenses, performance of
                           the S&P 500 Index which
                           emphasizes stocks of large
                           U.S. companies.
--------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT Small Cap     To replicate as closely as
 Index Fund - Class B      possible before deduction
                           of expenses, the
                           performance of the Russell
                           2000 Index which emphasizes
                           stocks of small U.S.
                           companies.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF            Seeks long-term capital          VAN KAMPEN (6)
 Equity Growth             appreciation by investing
 Portfolio, Class I (4)    primarily in
                           growth-oriented equity
                           securities of large
                           capitalization companies.
--------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF            Above-average total return
 High Yield Portfolio,     over a market cycle of
 Class I                   three to five years by
                           investing primarily in high
                           yield securities (commonly
                           referred to as "junk
                           bonds").
--------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF            Seeks above-average total
 U.S. Mid Cap Value        return over a market cycle
 Portfolio, Class I (5)    of three to five years by
                           investing in common stocks
                           and other equity
                           securities.
--------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF            Seeks to provide
 U.S. Real Estate          above-average current
 Portfolio, Class II       income and long-term
                           capital appreciation by
                           investing primarily in
                           equity securities of
                           com[panies in the U.S. real
                           estate industry, including
                           real estate investment
                           trusts.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT            Capital Growth                   VAN KAMPEN ASSET
 Aggressive Growth                                          MANAGEMENT
 Portfolio, Class II (7)
--------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT            Long-term growth of capital
 Growth & Income           and income
 Portfolio, Class II
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Balance Fund, LSA Basic Value Fund and LSA Value
     Equity Fund were merged into the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio, AIM V.I.
     Basic Value Fund - Series I and Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund -
     Class I, respectively.

(2)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Capital Appreciation Fund was merged into the
     Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio - Institutional Shares.

(3)  Effective 5/1/04 the Janus Aspen Series International Portfolio - Service
     Shares changed its name to the Janus Aspen Foreign Stock Portfolio -
     Service Shares.

(4)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Blue Chip Fund, LSA Equity Growth Fund and LSA
     Capital Growth Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth
     Portfolio, Class I.

(5)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund and LSA MidCap
     Value Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Portfolio, Class I.

(6)  Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., the investment adviser to the
     UIF Portfolios, does business in certain instances as Van Kampen.

(7)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Aggressive Growth Fund and LSA Emerging Growth
     Fund were merged into the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Portfolio,
     Class II.

(8)  A Fund's objective may be changed by the Fund's Board of Trustees without
     shareholder approval.

SOME OF THE PORTFOLIOS HAVE NAMES SIMILAR TO RETAIL MUTUAL FUNDS. HOWEVER, THE
PORTFOLIOS MAY BE MANAGED BY A DIFFERENT PORTFOLIO MANAGER. MOREOVER, THE
PORTFOLIOS ARE LIKELY TO DIFFER FROM RETAIL MUTUAL FUNDS IN ASSETS, CASH FLOW,
AND TAX MATTERS. ACCORDINGLY, A PORTFOLIO'S SECURITY HOLDINGS MAY DIFFER FROM
THOSE OF A SIMILARLY NAMED RETAIL MUTUAL FUND, AND INVESTMENT RESULTS OF A
PORTFOLIO CAN BE EXPECTED TO BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THE INVESTMENT RESULTS OF
SIMILARLY NAMED RETAIL MUTUAL FUNDS.

                                  14 PROSPECTUS



INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS

You may allocate all or a portion of your purchase payments to the Fixed
Account. You may choose from among 3 Fixed Account Options, including 2 dollar
cost averaging options and the option to invest in one or more GUARANTEE PERIODS
included in the GUARANTEED MATURITY FIXED ACCOUNT. We may offer additional Fixed
Account options in the future. We will credit a minimum annual interest rate of
3% to money you allocate to any of the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account
Options. The Fixed Account Options may not be available in all states. Please
consult with your representative for current information. The Fixed Account
supports our insurance and annuity obligations. The Fixed Account consists of
our general account assets other than those in segregated asset accounts. We
have sole discretion to invest the assets of the Fixed Account, subject to
applicable law. Any money you allocate to a Fixed Account Option does not
entitle you to share in the investment experience of the Fixed Account. Loan
Payments may not be allocated to the Fixed Account(s).

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS

SHORT TERM DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. You may establish a Short
Term Dollar Cost Averaging Program by allocating purchase payments to THE SHORT
TERM DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION ("SHORT TERM DCA FIXED ACCOUNT
OPTION"). Each purchase payment allocated to the Short Term DCA Fixed Account
Option must be at least $1,200. We will credit interest to purchase payments you
allocate to this Option for up to six months at the current rate in effect at
the time of allocation. We will credit interest daily at a rate that will
compound at the annual interest rate we guaranteed at the time of allocation.

We will follow your instructions in transferring amounts monthly from the Short
Term DCA Fixed Account Option. However, you may not choose less than 3 or more
than 6 equal monthly installments. Further, you must transfer each purchase
payment and all its earnings out of this Option by means of dollar cost
averaging within 6 months. If you discontinue the Dollar Cost Averaging Program
before the end of the transfer period, we will transfer the remaining balance in
this Option to the Money Market Variable Subaccount unless you request a
different investment alternative. At the end of the transfer period, any
residual amount will be transferred to the Money Market Variable Subaccount. No
transfers are permitted into the Short Term DCA Fixed Account.

For each purchase payment allocated to this Option, your first monthly transfer
will occur 25 days after such purchase payment. If we do not receive an
allocation from you within 25 days of the date of payment, we will transfer the
payment plus associated interest to the Money Market Variable Subaccount in
equal monthly installments.

EXTENDED SHORT TERM DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. You may
establish an Extended Short Term Dollar Cost Averaging Program by allocating
purchase payments to THE EXTENDED SHORT TERM DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT
OPTION ("EXTENDED SHORT TERM DCA FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION"). Each purchase payment
allocated to the Extended Short Term DCA Fixed Account Option must be at least
$1,200. We will credit interest to purchase payments you allocate to this Option
for up to twelve months at the current rate in effect at the time of allocation.
We will credit interest daily at a rate that will compound at the annual
interest rate we guaranteed at the time of allocation.

We will follow your instructions in transferring amounts monthly from the
Extended Short Term DCA Fixed Account Option. However, you may not choose less
than 7 or more than 12 equal monthly installments. Further, you must transfer
each purchase payment and all its earnings out of this Option by means of dollar
cost averaging within 12 months. If you discontinue the Dollar Cost Averaging
Program before the end of the transfer period, we will transfer the remaining
balance in this Option to the Money Market Variable Subaccount unless you
request a different investment alternative. At the end of the transfer period,
any residual amount will be transferred to the Money Market Variable Subaccount.
No transfers are permitted into the Extended Short Term DCA Fixed Account.

For each purchase payment allocated to this Option, your first monthly transfer
will occur 25 days after such purchase payment. If we do not receive an
allocation from you within 25 days of the date of payment, we will transfer the
payment plus associated interest to the Money Market Variable Subaccount in
equal monthly installments.

INVESTMENT RISK

We bear the investment risk for all amounts allocated to the Short Term DCA
Fixed Account Option and the Extended Short Term DCA Fixed Account Option. That
is because we guarantee the current rates we credit to the amounts you allocate
to either of these Options, which will never be less than the minimum guaranteed
rate in the Contract. We determine, in our sole discretion, the amount of
interest credited in excess of the guaranteed rate.

We may declare more than one interest rate for different monies based upon the
date of allocation to the Short Term DCA Fixed Account Option and the Extended
Short Term DCA Fixed Account Option. For current interest rate information,
please contact your representative or our customer support unit at
1-800-865-5237.

                                  15 PROSPECTUS



GUARANTEE PERIODS

Each payment or transfer allocated to a Guarantee Period earns interest at a
specified rate that we guarantee for a period of years. Guarantee Periods may
range from 1 to 10 years. We are currently offering Guarantee Periods of 1, 3,
5, 7, and 10 years in length. In the future we may offer Guarantee Periods of
different lengths or stop offering some Guarantee Periods.

You select the Guarantee Period for each payment or transfer. If you do not
select a Guarantee Period, we will assign the same period(s) you selected for
your most recent purchase payment(s).

Each payment or transfer allocated to a Guarantee Period must be at least $500.
We reserve the right to limit the number of additional purchase payments that
you may allocate to this Option.

INTEREST RATES. We will tell you what interest rates and Guarantee Periods we
are offering at a particular time. We will not change the interest rate that we
credit to a particular allocation until the end of the relevant Guarantee
Period. We may declare different interest rates for Guarantee Periods of the
same length that begin at different times.

We have no specific formula for determining the rate of interest that we will
declare initially or in the future. We will set those interest rates based on
investment returns available at the time of the determination. In addition, we
may consider various other factors in determining interest rates including
regulatory and tax requirements, our sales commission and administrative
expenses, general economic trends, and competitive factors. WE DETERMINE THE
INTEREST RATES TO BE DECLARED IN OUR SOLE DISCRETION. WE CAN NEITHER PREDICT NOR
GUARANTEE WHAT THOSE RATES WILL BE IN THE FUTURE. For current interest rate
information, please contact your representative or Lincoln Benefit at
1-800-865-5237.

HOW WE CREDIT INTEREST. We will credit interest daily to each amount allocated
to a Guarantee Period at a rate that compounds to the annual interest rate that
we declared at the beginning of the applicable Guarantee Period. The following
example illustrates how a purchase payment allocated to a Guaranteed Period
would grow, given an assumed Guarantee Period and annual interest rate:

Purchase Payment.........................   $10,000
Guarantee Period.........................   5 years
Annual Interest Rate.....................      4.50%

                                     END OF CONTRACT YEAR
                                 YEAR 1      YEAR 2      YEAR 3      YEAR 4      YEAR 5
                               ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Beginning Contract
 Value................         $10,000.00
 x (1 + Annual Interest Rate)       1.045
                               ----------
                               $10,450.00
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                     $10,450.00
 x (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                   1.045
                                           ----------
                                           $10,920.25
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                                 $10,920.25
 x (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                               1.045
                                                       ----------
                                                       $11,411.66
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                                             $11,411.66
 x (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                                           1.045
                                                                   ----------
                                                                   $11,925.19
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                                                         $11,925.19
 x (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                                                       1.045
                                                                               ----------
                                                                               $12,461.82

TOTAL INTEREST CREDITED DURING GUARANTEE PERIOD = $2,461.82 ($12,461.82 -
$10,000.00)

This example assumes no withdrawals during the entire 5-year Guarantee Period.
If you were to make a withdrawal, you may be required to pay a withdrawal
charge. In addition, the amount withdrawn may be increased or decreased by a
Market Value Adjustment that reflects changes in interest rates since the time
you invested the amount withdrawn. The hypothetical interest rate is for
illustrative purposes only and is not intended to predict future interest rates
to be declared under the Contract. Actual interest rates declared for any given
Guarantee Period may be more or less than shown above.

RENEWALS. Prior to the end of each Guarantee Period, we will mail you a notice
asking you what to do with your money, including the accrued interest. During
the 30-day period after the end of the Guarantee Period, you may:

                                  16 PROSPECTUS



1.   Take no action. We will automatically apply your money to a new Guarantee
     Period of the same length as the expiring Guarantee Period. The new
     Guarantee Period will begin on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends.
     The new interest rate will be our current declared rate for a Guarantee
     Period of that length; or

2.   Instruct us to apply your money to one or more new Guarantee Periods of
     your choice. The new Guarantee Period(s) will begin on the day the previous
     Guarantee Period ends. The new interest rate will be our then current
     declared rate for those Guarantee Periods; or

3.   Instruct us to transfer all or a portion of your money to one or more
     Variable Subaccounts of the Variable Account. We will effect the transfer
     on the day we receive your instructions. We will not adjust the amount
     transferred to include a Market Value Adjustment; or

4.   Withdraw all or a portion of your money. You may be required to pay a
     withdrawal charge, but we will not adjust the amount withdrawn to include a
     Market Value Adjustment. You may also be required to pay premium taxes and
     income tax withholding, if applicable. We will pay interest from the day
     the Guarantee Period expired until the date of withdrawal. The interest
     will be the rate for the shortest Guarantee Period then being offered.
     Amounts not withdrawn will be applied to a new Guarantee Period of the same
     length as the previous Guarantee Period. The new Guarantee Period will
     begin on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. All withdrawals and transfers from a Guarantee Period,
other than those taken during the 30-day period after such Guarantee Period
expires, are subject to a Market Value Adjustment. A Market Value Adjustment
also may apply upon payment of a death benefit and when you apply amounts
currently invested in a Guarantee Period to an Income Plan (unless paid or
applied during the 30-day period after such Guarantee Period expires). We also
will not apply a Market Value Adjustment to a withdrawal you make:

.    that qualifies for one of the waivers as described on pages 25,

.    to satisfy the IRS minimum distribution rules for the Contract, or

.    a single withdrawal made by a surviving spouse made within one year after
     continuing the Contract.

We apply the Market Value Adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates from
the time you first allocate money to a Guarantee Period to the time you remove
it from that Guarantee Period. We calculate the Market Value Adjustment by
comparing the TREASURY RATE for a maturity equal to the Guarantee Period at its
inception to the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the Guarantee Period when
you remove your money. "Treasury Rate" means the U.S. Treasury Note Constant
Maturity Yield as reported in Federal Reserve Bulletin Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment may be positive or negative, depending on changes in
interest rates. As such, you bear the investment risk associated with changes in
interest rates. If interest rates increase significantly, the Market Value
Adjustment and any withdrawal charge, premium taxes, and income tax withholding
(if applicable) could reduce the amount you receive upon full withdrawal from a
Guaranteed Period to an amount that is less than the purchase payment applied to
that period plus interest earned under the Contract.

Generally, if the original Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to a
Guarantee Period is higher than the applicable current Treasury Rate for a
period equal to the Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment will
result in a higher amount payable to you, transferred or applied to an Income
Plan. Conversely, if the Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to a
Guarantee Period is lower than the applicable Treasury Rate for a period equal
to the Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment will result in a lower
amount payable to you, transferred or applied to an Income Plan.

For example, assume that you purchase a Contract and you select an initial
Guarantee Period of 5 years and the 5-year Treasury Rate for that duration is
4.50%. Assume that at the end of 3 years, you make a partial withdrawal. If, at
that later time, the current 5-year Treasury Rate is 4.20%, then the Market
Value Adjustment will be positive, which will result in an increase in the
amount payable to you. Conversely, if the current 5-year Treasury Rate is 4.80%,
then the Market Value Adjustment will be negative, which will result in a
decrease in the amount payable to you.

The formula for calculating Market Value Adjustments is set forth in Appendix B
to this prospectus, which also contains additional examples of the application
of the Market Value Adjustment.

                                  17 PROSPECTUS



INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

During the Accumulation Phase, you may transfer Contract Value among the
investment alternatives. You may not transfer Contract Value to either the Short
Term Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account or the Extended Short Term Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account Options. You may request transfers in writing on a form
that we provided or by telephone according to the procedure described below. The
minimum amount that you may transfer into a Guarantee Period is $500. We
currently do not assess, but reserve the right to assess, a charge of.50% of the
transfer amount but not less than $25, on each transfer in excess of 12 per
Contract Year. All transfers to or from more than one Portfolio on any given day
counts as one transfer.

As a general rule, we only make transfers on days when the NYSE is open for
business. If we receive your request on one of those days, we will make the
transfer that day. The Contract permits us to defer transfers from the Fixed
Account for up to six months from the date we receive your request. If we decide
to postpone transfers for 30 days or more, we will pay interest as required by
applicable law. Any interest would be payable from the date we receive the
transfer request to the date we make the transfer.

If you transfer an amount from a Guarantee Period other than during the 30-day
period after such Guarantee Period expires, we will increase or decrease the
amount by a Market Value Adjustment.

We reserve the right to waive any transfer restrictions.

TRANSFERS DURING THE PAYOUT PHASE

During the Payout Phase, you may make transfers among the Variable Subaccounts
so as to change the relative weighting of the Variable Subaccounts on which your
variable income payments will be based. You may make up to 12 transfers per
Contract Year. You may not convert any portion of your fixed income payments
into variable income payments. After 6 months from the Payout Start Date, you
may make transfers from the Variable Subaccounts to increase the proportion of
your income payments consisting of fixed income payments.

TELEPHONE TRANSFERS

You may make transfers by telephone. To give a third party authorization, you
must first send us a completed authorization form. The cut off time for
telephone transfer requests is 3:00 p.m. Central Time. Calls completed before
3:00 p.m. will be effected on that day at that day's price. Calls completed
after 3:00 p.m. will be effected on the next day on which the NYSE is open for
business, at that day's price.

At any time, without notice, we may suspend, modify or terminate your privilege
to make transfers via the telephone, or via other electronic or automated means
previously approved by the Company, including, but not limited to, automated
telephone services, facsimile machine, e-mail and electronic services via online
access. Among other things, we reserve the right to limit the number of such
transfers among the Variable Subaccounts in any Contract year, or to refuse any
Variable Subaccount transfer request. We also reserve the right to restrict such
transfers in any manner reasonably designed to prevent transfers that we
consider disadvantageous to other Contract owners.

We use procedures that we believe provide reasonable assurance that the
telephone transfers are genuine. For example, we tape telephone conversations
with persons purporting to authorize transfers and request identifying
information. Accordingly, we disclaim any liability for losses resulting from
allegedly unauthorized telephone transfers. However, if we do not take
reasonable steps to help ensure that a telephone authorization is valid, we may
be liable for such losses.

MARKET TIMING & EXCESSIVE TRADING. The Contracts are intended for long-term
investment. Market timing and excessive trading can potentially dilute the value
of Variable Subaccounts and can disrupt management of a Portfolio and raise its
expenses, which can impair Portfolio performance. Our policy is not to accept
knowingly any money intended for the purpose of market timing or excessive
trading. Accordingly, you should not invest in the Contract if your purpose is
to engage in market timing or excessive trading, and you should refrain from
such practices if you currently own a Contract.

We seek to detect market timing or excessive trading activity by reviewing
trading activities. Portfolios also may report suspected market-timing or
excessive trading activity to us. If we identify a pattern of market-timing or
excessive trading activity, we will make further inquiry and may, depending on
the circumstances, impose trading limitations as described below under "Trading
Limitations" consistent with applicable law and the Contract. Because there is
no universally accepted definition of what constitutes market timing or
excessive trading, we will use our reasonable judgment based on all of the
circumstances.

While we seek to deter market timing and excessive trading in Variable
Subaccounts, not all market timing or excessive trading is identifiable or
preventable. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that we can prevent such trading
activity in all cases or before it occurs.

TRADING LIMITATIONS. We reserve the right to limit transfers among the
investment alternatives in any Contract Year, or to refuse any transfer request,
if:

                                  18 PROSPECTUS



.    we believe. in our sole discretion, that certain trading practices, such as
     excessive trading or market timing ("Prohibited Trading Practices"), by, or
     on behalf of one or more Contract Owners, or a specific transfer request or
     group of transfer requests, may have a detrimental effect on the
     Accumulation Unit Values of any Variable Subaccount or on the share prices
     of the corresponding Portfolio or otherwise would be to the disadvantage of
     other Contract Owners; or

.    we are informed by one or more of the Portfolios that they intend to
     restrict the purchase, exchange, or redemption of Portfolio shares because
     of Prohibited Trading Practices or because they believe that a specific
     transfer or group of transfers would have a detrimental effect on the
     prices of Portfolio shares.

We may apply the restrictions in any manner reasonably designed to prevent
transfers that we consider disadvantageous to other Contract Owners.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

Through our Dollar Cost Averaging Program, you may automatically transfer a
fixed dollar amount every month from any Variable Subaccount, the Short Term
Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account, or the Extended Short Term Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account, to any of the other Variable Subaccounts or the
Guarantee Periods. You may not use the Dollar Cost Averaging Program to transfer
amounts from the Guarantee Periods. This program is available only during the
Accumulation Phase.

We will not charge a transfer fee for transfers made under this Program, nor
will such transfers count against the 12 transfers you can make each Contract
Year without paying a transfer fee.

The theory of Dollar Cost Averaging is that if purchases of equal dollar amounts
are made at fluctuating prices, the aggregate average cost per unit will be less
than the average of the unit prices on the same purchase dates. However,
participation in this Program does not assure you of a greater profit from your
purchases under the Program nor will it prevent or necessarily reduce losses in
a declining market. You may not use Dollar Cost Averaging and Portfolio
Rebalancing at the same time. Call or write us for instructions on how to
enroll.

AUTOMATIC PORTFOLIO REBALANCING PROGRAM

Once you have allocated your money among the Variable Subaccounts, the
performance of each Subaccount may cause a shift in the percentage you allocated
to each Subaccount. If you select our Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program,
we will automatically rebalance the Contract Value in each Variable Subaccount
and return it to the desired percentage allocations. We will not include money
you allocate to the Fixed Account Options in the Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing
Program.

We will rebalance your account monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually,
depending on your instructions. We will transfer amounts among the Variable
Subaccounts to achieve the percentage allocations you specify. You can change
your allocations at any time by contacting us in writing or by telephone. The
new allocation will be effective with the first rebalancing that occurs after we
receive your request. We are not responsible for rebalancing that occurs prior
to receipt of your request.

Example:

Assume that you want your initial purchase payment split among 2 Variable
Subaccounts. You want 40% to be in the Fidelity Growth Portfolio Variable
Subaccount and 60% to be in the OpCap Balanced portfolio Variable Subaccount.
Over the next 2 months the bond market does very well while the stock market
performs poorly. At the end of the first quarter, the Fidelity Growth Portfolio
Variable Subaccount now represents 50% of your holdings because of its increase
in value. If you choose to have your holdings rebalanced quarterly, on the first
day of the next quarter, we would sell some of your units in the Fidelity Growth
Portfolio Variable Subaccount and use the money to buy more units in the OpCap
Balanced portfolio Variable Subaccount so that the percentage allocations would
again be 40% and 60% respectively.

The Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program is available only during the
Accumulation Phase. The transfers made under the Program do not count towards
the 12 transfers you can make without paying a transfer fee, and are not subject
to a transfer fee. A one-time request to rebalance the amounts allocated to the
Subaccounts is not part of a Portfolio Rebalancing program and is subject to all
of the requirements that are applicable to transfers made during the
Accumulation Phase. We will automatically terminate this program if you request
any transfer outside the Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program. Portfolio
rebalancing is consistent with maintaining your allocation of investments among
market segments, although it is accomplished by reducing your Contract Value
allocated to the better performing segments. You may not use Dollar Cost
Averaging and Portfolio Rebalancing at the same time.

                                  19 PROSPECTUS



EXPENSES

As a Contract Owner, you will bear, directly or indirectly, the charges and
expenses described below.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE

We deduct a mortality and expense risk charge daily at an annual rate of 1.25%
of the average daily net assets you have invested in the Variable Subaccounts
(1.50% if you select the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider; 1.45% if you select the
Income Benefit Rider; and 1.70% if you select both the Enhanced Death Benefit
Rider and the Income Benefit Rider), and an additional charge ranging from 0.15%
to 0.35% for the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit described below.

The mortality and expense risk charge is for the insurance benefits available
with your Contract (including our guarantee of annuity rates and the death
benefits), for certain expenses of the Contract, and for assuming the risk
(expense risk) that the current charges will be sufficient in the future to
cover the cost of administering the Contract. If the charges under the Contract
are not sufficient, then we will bear the loss. We charge an additional amount
for the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider, the Income Benefit Rider and the Enhanced
Earnings Death Benefit Rider compensate us for the additional risk that we
accept by providing these Riders.

We guarantee that we will not raise the mortality and expense risk charge. We
assess the mortality and expense risk charge during both the Accumulation Phase
and the Payout Phase. After the Payout Start Date, mortality and expense risk
charges for the Enhanced Death Benefit, the Income Benefit, and the Enhanced
Earnings Death Benefit will cease.

ENHANCED EARNINGS DEATH BENEFIT RIDER CHARGE

If you elect the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider, we will increase the
Mortality and Expense charge during the Accumulation Phase by the annual rates
shown below based on the oldest Contract Owner's age on the Rider Date.

 AGE    ANNUAL CHARGE
-----   ------------
 0-55       0.15%
56-65       0.25%
66-75
            0.35%

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE

We deduct an administrative expense charge daily at an annual rate of 0.10% of
the average daily net assets you have invested in the Variable Subaccounts. We
intend this charge to cover actual administrative expenses that exceed the
revenues from the contract maintenance charge. There is no necessary
relationship between the amount of administrative charge imposed on a given
Contract and the amount of expenses that may be attributed to that Contract. We
assess this charge each day during the Accumulation Phase and the Payout Phase.
We guarantee that we will not raise this charge.

TRANSFER FEE

We do not currently impose a fee upon transfers among the investment
alternatives. However, we reserve the right to charge up to 0.50% of the
transfer amount, but not less than $25, per transfer after the 12th transfer in
each Contract Year. We will not charge a transfer fee on transfers that are part
of a Dollar Cost Averaging or Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE

We may assess a withdrawal charge of up to 8% of the purchase payment(s) you
withdraw. The charge declines to 0% over an 8 year period that begins on the day
we receive your payment. A schedule showing how the charge declines is shown on
page 8. Beginning on January 1, 2004, if you make a withdrawal before the Payout
Start Date, we will apply the withdrawal charge percentage in effect on the date
of the withdrawal, or the withdrawal charge penalty in effect on the following
day, whichever is lower. Any Purchase Payments older than 8 years old, which
have not been previously withdrawn, may be withdrawn without paying the
withdrawal charge. During each Contract year, you can also withdraw the greater
of earnings not previously withdrawn or 15% of your New Purchase Payments
without paying the charge. New Purchase Payments are Purchase Payments received
by us less than 8 years prior to withdrawal. Unused portions of this "FREE
WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT" are not carried forward to future Contract Years. We will
deduct withdrawal charges, if applicable, from the amount paid.

For purposes of calculating the withdrawal charge, the Contract Value is deemed
to be withdrawn in the following order:

FIRST. Earnings - The amount of Contract Value in excess of all purchase
payments that have not previously been withdrawn;

SECOND. Old Purchase Payments - Purchase payments received by us more than eight
years prior to the date of withdrawal which have not been previously withdrawn;

THIRD. New Purchase Payments that are not subject to a withdrawal charge; and

FOURTH. New Purchase Payments that are subject to a withdrawal charge.

For federal income tax purposes, withdrawals are considered to have come first
from earnings, which means you pay taxes on the earnings portion of your
withdrawal. Free withdrawal amounts are not cumulative.

                                  20 PROSPECTUS



We do not apply a withdrawal charge in the following situations:

.    on the Payout Start Date (a withdrawal charge may apply if you terminate
     income payments to be received for a specified period);

.    withdrawals taken to satisfy IRS minimum distribution rules for the
     Contract; or

.    withdrawals that qualify for one of the waivers as described below.

We use the amounts obtained from the withdrawal charge to pay sales commissions
and other promotional or distribution expenses associated with marketing the
Contracts. To the extent that the withdrawal charge does not cover all sales
commissions and other promotional or distribution expenses, we may use any of
our corporate assets, including potential profit which may arise from the
mortality and expense risk charge or any other charges or fee described above,
to make up any difference.

Withdrawals also may be subject to tax penalties or income tax and a Market
Value Adjustment. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if
taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax
penalty. You should consult your own tax counsel or other tax advisers regarding
any withdrawals.

CONFINEMENT WAIVER.We will waive the withdrawal charge and any Market Value
Adjustment on all withdrawals taken prior to the Payout Start Date under your
Contract if the following conditions are satisfied:

1.   You or the Annuitant, if the Contract Owner is not a living person, are
     confined to a long term care facility or a hospital for at least 90
     consecutive days. You or the Annuitant must enter the long term care
     facility or hospital at least 30 days after the Issue Date;

2.   You request the withdrawal and provide written proof of the stay no later
     than 90 days following the end of your or the Annuitant's stay at the long
     term care facility or hospital; and

3.   A physician must have prescribed the stay and the stay must be medically
     necessary (as defined in the Contract).

You may not claim this benefit if you, the Annuitant, or a member of your or the
Annuitant's immediate family, is the physician prescribing your or the
Annuitant's stay in a long term care facility.

TERMINAL ILLNESS WAIVER. We will waive the withdrawal charge and any Market
Value Adjustment on all withdrawals taken prior to the Payout Start Date under
your Contract if:

1.   you or the Annuitant (if the Contract Owner is not a living person) are
     first diagnosed with a terminal illness at least 30 days after the Issue
     Date; and

2.   you claim this benefit and deliver adequate proof of diagnosis to us.

UNEMPLOYMENT WAIVER. We will waive the withdrawal charge and any Market Value
Adjustment on one partial or a full withdrawal taken prior to the Payout Start
Date under your Contract, if you meet the following requirements:

1.   you or the Annuitant, if the Contract Owner is not a living person, become
     unemployed at least one year after the Issue Date;

2.   you or the Annuitant, if the Contract Owner is not a living person, receive
     unemployment compensation as defined in the Contract for at least 30 days
     as a result of that unemployment; and

3.   you or the Annuitant, if the Contract Owner is not a living person, claim
     this benefit within 180 days of your or the Annuitant's initial receipt of
     unemployment compensation.

Please refer to your Contract for more detailed information about the terms and
conditions of these waivers.

The laws of your state may limit the availability of these waivers and may also
change certain terms and/or benefits available under the waivers. You should
consult your Contract for further details on these variations. Also, even if you
do not need to pay our withdrawal charge or a Market Value Adjustment because of
these waivers, you still may be required to pay taxes or tax penalties on the
amount withdrawn. You should consult your tax adviser to determine the effect of
a withdrawal on your taxes.

PREMIUM TAXES

Some states and other governmental entities (e.g., municipalities) charge
premium taxes or similar taxes. We are responsible for paying these taxes and
will deduct them from your Contract Value. Some of these taxes are due when the
Contract is issued, others are due when income payments begin or upon surrender.
Our current practice is not to charge anyone for these taxes until income
payments begin or when a total withdrawal occurs, including payment upon death.
At our discretion, we may discontinue this practice and deduct premium taxes
from the purchase payments. Premium taxes generally range from 0% to 4%,
depending on the state.

At the Payout Start Date, if applicable, we deduct the charge for premium taxes
from each investment alternative in the proportion that the Contract Owner's
value in the investment alternative bears to the total Contract Value.

DEDUCTION FOR VARIABLE ACCOUNT INCOME TAXES

We are not currently maintaining a provision for taxes. In the future, however,
we may establish a provision for taxes if we determine, in our sole discretion,
that we will incur a tax as a result of the operation of the Variable Account.
We will deduct for any taxes we incur as a result of the operation of the
Variable Account, whether or not we previously made a provision for taxes and
whether or not

                                  21 PROSPECTUS



it was sufficient. Our status under the Internal Revenue Code is briefly
described in the Statement of Additional Information.

OTHER EXPENSES

Each Portfolio deducts advisory fees and other expenses from its assets. You
indirectly bear the charges and expenses of the Portfolios whose shares are held
by the Variable Subaccounts. These fees and expenses are described in the
accompanying prospectuses for the Funds. For a summary of current estimates of
those charges and expenses, see page 9. We may receive compensation from the
investment advisers or administrators of the Portfolios in connection with the
administrative services we provide to the Portfolios.

ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY

You can withdraw some or all of your Contract Value at any time prior to the
Payout Start Date.

The amount payable upon withdrawal is the Contract Value (or portion thereof)
next computed after we receive the request for a withdrawal at our home office,
adjusted by any Market Value Adjustment less any withdrawal charges, income tax
withholding, and any premium taxes. We will pay withdrawals from the Variable
Account within 7 days of receipt of the request, subject to postponement in
certain circumstances.

You can withdraw money from the Variable Account or the Fixed Account Options.
To complete a partial withdrawal from the Variable Account, we will cancel
Accumulation Units in an amount equal to the withdrawal and any applicable
withdrawal charge and premium taxes.

You must name the investment alternative from which you are taking the
withdrawal. If none is specified, we will deduct your withdrawal pro-rata from
the Variable Subaccounts according to the value of your investments therein.

In general, you must withdraw at least $50 at a time. You also may withdraw a
lesser amount if you are withdrawing your entire investment in a Variable
Subaccount.

If you request a total withdrawal, we may require you to return your Contract to
us. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior to
age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

POSTPONEMENT OF PAYMENTS

We may postpone the payment of any amounts due from the Variable Account under
the Contract if:

1.   The New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than usual weekends or
     holidays, or trading on the Exchange is otherwise restricted;

2.   An emergency exists as defined by the SEC; or

3.   The SEC permits delay for your protection.

In addition, we may delay payments or transfers from the Fixed Account Options
for up to 6 months (or shorter period if required by law). If we delay payment
for 30 days or more, we will pay interest as required by law.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM

If your Contract is a non-qualified contract or IRA, you may choose to receive
systematic withdrawal payments on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual
basis at any time prior to the Payout Start Date. The minimum amount of each
systematic withdrawal is $50. Systematic withdrawals will be deducted from the
Variable Subaccounts and Fixed Account balances, excluding the Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account Options, on a pro rata basis. At our discretion,
systematic withdrawals may not be offered in conjunction with the Dollar Cost
Averaging Program or Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program.

Depending on fluctuations in the value of the Variable Subaccounts and the value
of the Fixed Account Options, systematic withdrawals may reduce or even exhaust
the Contract Value. For income tax purposes, withdrawals are generally made from
earnings first. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if
taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax
penalty. Please consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal.

We will make systematic withdrawal payments to you or your designated payee. At
our discretion, we may modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program and
charge a processing fee for the service. If we modify or suspend the Systematic
Withdrawal Program, existing systematic withdrawal payments will not be
affected.

MINIMUM CONTRACT VALUE

If your request for a partial withdrawal would reduce your Contract Value to
less than $2,000, we may treat it as a request to withdraw your entire Contract
Value. Your Contract will terminate if you withdraw all of your Contract Value.
We will, however, ask you to confirm your withdrawal request before terminating
your Contract. Before terminating any Contract whose value has been reduced by
withdrawals to less than $2,000, we will inform you in writing of our intention
to terminate your Contract and give you at least 30 days in which to make an
additional Purchase Payment to restore your Contract Value to the contractual
minimum of $2,000. If we terminate your Contract, we will distribute to you its
Contract Value, adjusted by any applicable Market Value Adjustment, less
withdrawal and other charges and applicable taxes.

                                  22 PROSPECTUS



CONTRACT LOANS FOR 403(B) CONTRACTS

Subject to the restrictions described below, we will make loans to the Contract
Owner of a Contract used in connection with a Tax Sheltered Annuity Plan ("TSA
Plan") under Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Such loans are not
available in Vermont. Loans are not available under non-qualified Contracts. We
will only make loans after the right to cancel period and before the Payout
Start Date. All loans are subject to the terms of the Contract, the relevant
qualified plan, and the Internal Revenue Code, which impose restrictions on
loans.

We will not make a loan to you if the total of the requested loan and your
unpaid outstanding loans will be greater than the amount available for full
withdrawal under your Contract on the date of the loan. In addition, you may not
borrow a loan if the total of the requested loan and all of your loans under TSA
plans is more than the lesser of (a) or (b) where:

(a)  equals $50,000 minus the excess of the highest outstanding loan balance
     during the prior 12 months over the current outstanding loan balance; and

(b)  equals the greater of $10,000 or half of the amount available for full
     withdrawal.

The minimum loan amount is $1,000.

To request a Contract loan, write to us at the address given on the first page
of the prospectus. You alone are responsible for ensuring that your loan and
repayments comply with tax requirements. Loans made before the Payout Start Date
are generally treated as distributions under the Contract, and may be subject to
withholding and tax penalties for early distributions. Some of these
requirements are stated in Section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code. Please seek
advice from your plan administrator or tax advisor.

When we make a loan, we will transfer an amount equal to the loan amount from
the Variable Account and/or the Fixed Account Options to the LOAN ACCOUNT as
collateral for the loan. The Loan Account is an account established for amounts
transferred from the Variable Subaccounts or Fixed Account as security for an
outstanding Contract loan. We will transfer to the Loan Account amounts from the
Variable Account in proportion to the assets in each Subaccount. If your loan
amount is greater than your Contract Value in the Subaccounts, we will transfer
the remaining required collateral from the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account
Options. If your loan amount is greater than your contract value in the
Subaccounts and the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Options, we will transfer
the remaining required collateral from the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account
Options.

We will not charge a Withdrawal Charge on the loan or on the transfer from the
Subaccounts or the Fixed Account. We may, however, apply a Market Value
Adjustment to a transfer from the Fixed Account to the Loan Account. If we do,
we will increase or decrease the amount remaining in the Fixed Account by the
amount of the Market Value Adjustment, so that the net amount transferred to the
Loan Account will equal the desired loan amount. We will charge a Withdrawal
Charge and apply a Market Value Adjustment, if applicable, on a distribution to
repay the loan in full, in the event of loan default.

We will credit interest to the amounts in the Loan Account. The annual interest
rate credited to the Loan Account will be the greater of: (a) 3%; or (b) the
loan interest rate minus 2.25%. The value of the amounts in the Loan Account are
not affected by the changes in the value of the Subaccounts.

When you take out a loan, we will set the loan interest rate. That rate will
apply to your loan until it is repaid. From time to time, we may change the loan
interest rate applicable to new loans. We also reserve the right to change the
terms of new loans.

We will subtract the outstanding Contract loan balance, including accrued but
unpaid interest, from:

(1)  the Death Proceeds;

(2)  full withdrawal proceeds;

(3)  the amount available for partial withdrawal;

(4)  the amount applied on the Payout Start Date to provide income payments.

Usually you must repay a Contract loan within five years of the date the loan is
made. Scheduled payments must be level, amortized over the repayment period, and
made at least quarterly. We may permit a repayment period of 15 or 30 years if
the loan proceeds are used to acquire your principal residence. We may also
permit other repayment periods.

You must mark your loan repayments as such. We will assume that any payment
received from you is a Purchase Payment, unless you tell us otherwise.
Generally, loan payments are allocated to the Subaccount(s) in the proportion
that you have selected for your most recent Purchase Payment. Allocations of
loan payments are not permitted to the Fixed Accounts (Guaranteed Maturity Fixed
Account and Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option). If your Purchase
Payment allocation includes any of the Fixed Accounts, the percentages allocated
to the Fixed Accounts will be allocated instead to the PIMCO Money Market
Subaccount.

If you do not make a loan payment when due, we will continue to charge interest
on your loan. We also will declare the entire loan in default. We will subtract
the defaulted loan balance plus accrued interest from any future distribution
under the Contract and keep it in

                                  23 PROSPECTUS



payment of your loan. Any defaulted amount plus interest will be treated as a
distribution for tax purposes (as permitted by law). As a result, you may be
required to pay taxes on the defaulted amount, incur the early withdrawal tax
penalty. Until we are permitted by law to extinguish a defaulted loan, we will
continue to charge interest and add unpaid interest to your outstanding loan
balance.

If the total loan balance exceeds the amount available for full withdrawal, we
will mail written notice to your last known address. The notice will state the
amount needed to maintain the Contract in force. If we do not receive payment of
this amount within 31 days after we mail this notice, we will terminate your
Contract.

We may defer making any loan for 6 months after you ask us for a loan, unless
the loan is to pay a premium to us.

INCOME PAYMENTS

PAYOUT START DATE

You select the Payout Start Date in your application. The Payout Start Date is
the day that we apply your money to an Income Plan. The Payout Start Date must
be:

.    at least 30 days after the Issue Date; and

.    no later than the day the Annuitant reaches age 90, or the 10th Contract
     Anniversary, if later.

You may change the Payout Start Date at any time by notifying us in writing of
the change at least 30 days before the scheduled Payout Start Date. Absent a
change, we will use the Payout Start Date stated in your Contract.

INCOME PLANS

An Income Plan is a series of scheduled payments to you or someone you
designate. You may choose and change your choice of Income Plan until 30 days
before the Payout Start Date. If you do not select an Income Plan, we will make
income payments in accordance with Income Plan 1 with guaranteed payments for 10
years.

Three Income Plans are available under the Contract. Each is available to
provide:

.    fixed income payments;

.    variable income payments; or

.    a combination of the two.

A portion of each payment will be considered taxable and the remaining portion
will be a non-taxable return of your investment in the Contract, which is also
called the "basis." Once the investment in the Contract is depleted, all
remaining payments will be fully taxable. If the Contract is tax-qualified,
generally, all payments will be fully taxable. Taxable payments taken prior to
age 59 1/2 may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

The three Income Plans are:

INCOME PLAN 1 - LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under this plan, we make
periodic income payments for at least as long as the Annuitant lives. If the
Annuitant dies before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we
will continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required
by the Contract.

INCOME PLAN 2 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under
this plan, we make periodic income payments for at least as long as either the
Annuitant or the joint Annuitant is alive. If both the Annuitant and the joint
Annuitant die before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we will
continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required by
the Contract.

INCOME PLAN 3 - GUARANTEED PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD (5 YEARS TO 30
YEARS). Under this plan, we make periodic income payments for the period you
have chosen. These payments do not depend on the Annuitant's life. You may elect
to receive guaranteed payments for periods ranging from 5 to 30 years. Income
payments for less than 120 months may be subject to a withdrawal charge. We will
deduct the mortality and expense risk charge from the Variable Subaccount assets
that support variable income payments even though we may not bear any mortality
risk.

The length of any guaranteed payment period under your selected Income Plan
generally will affect the dollar amounts of each income payment. As a general
rule, longer guarantee periods result in lower income payments, all other things
being equal. For example, if you choose an Income Plan with payments that depend
on the life of the Annuitant but with no minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments, the income payments generally will be greater than the income payments
made under the same Income Plan with a minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments.

If you choose Income Plan 1 or 2, or, if available, another Income Plan with
payments that continue for the life of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant, we may
require proof of age and sex of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant before starting
income payments, and proof that the Annuitant or joint Annuitant are alive
before we make each payment. Please note that under such Income Plans, if you
elect to take no minimum guaranteed payments, it is possible that the payee
could receive only 1 income payment if the Annuitant and any joint Annuitant
both die before the second income payment, or only 2 income payments if they die
before the third income payment, and so on.

Generally, you may not make withdrawals after the Payout Start Date. One
exception to this rule applies if you are receiving income payments that do not
depend on the life of the Annuitant (such as under Income Plan 3).

                                  24 PROSPECTUS



In that case you may terminate all or part of the income payments at any time
and withdraw their value, subject to withdrawal charges. For Variable Amount
Income Payments, the value you may withdraw is equal to the present value of the
Variable Amount Income Payments being terminated, calculated using a discount
rate equal to the assumed investment rate that was used in determining the
initial variable payment. For Fixed Amount Income Payments, the value you may
withdraw is equal to the present value of the Fixed Amount Income Payments being
terminated, calculated using a discount rate equal to the applicable current
interest rate. The applicable current interest rate is the rate we are using on
the date we receive your withdrawal request to determine income payments for a
new Income Plan with a payment period equal to the remaining payment period of
the income payments being terminated. The value you may withdraw may be higher
or lower than it would have been using the interest rate that was initially used
to calculate your Fixed Account Income Payments and your total payments
(withdrawal amount plus income payments already received) may be more or less
than the amount applied to your Income Plan. We deduct applicable premium taxes
from the Contract Value at the Payout Start Date.

We may make other Income Plans available.

You must apply at least the Contract Value in the Fixed Account on the Payout
Start Date to fixed income payments. If you wish to apply any portion of your
Fixed Account balance to provide variable income payments, you should plan ahead
and transfer that amount to the Variable Subaccounts prior to the Payout Start
Date. If you do not tell us how to allocate your Contract Value among fixed and
variable income payments, we will apply your Contract Value in the Variable
Account to variable income payments and your Contract Value in the Fixed Account
to fixed income payments.

We will apply your Contract Value, adjusted by any applicable Market Value
Adjustment, less applicable taxes to your Income Plan on the Payout Start Date.
If the amount available to apply under an Income Plan is less than $2,000, or
not enough to provide an initial payment of at least $50, and state law permits,
we may:

.    pay you the Contract Value, adjusted by any applicable Market Value
     Adjustment and less any applicable taxes, in a lump sum instead of the
     periodic payments you have chosen; or

.    reduce the frequency of your payments so that each payment will be at least
     $50.

VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS

The amount of your variable income payments depends upon the investment results
of the Variable Subaccounts you select, the premium taxes you pay, the age and
sex of the Annuitant, and the Income Plan you choose. We guarantee that the
payments will not be affected by (a) actual mortality experience and (b) the
amount of our administration expenses.

We cannot predict the total amount of your variable income payments. Your
variable income payments may be more or less than your total purchase payments
because (a) variable income payments vary with the investment results of the
underlying Portfolios; and (b) the Annuitant could live longer or shorter than
we expect based on the tables we use.

In calculating the amount of the periodic payments in the annuity tables in the
Contract, we assumed an annual investment rate of 3%. If the actual net
investment return of the Variable Subaccounts you choose is less than this
assumed investment rate, then the dollar amount of your variable income payments
will decrease. The dollar amount of your variable income payments will increase,
however, if the actual net investment return exceeds the assumed investment
rate. The dollar amount of the variable income payments stays level if the net
investment return equals the assumed investment rate. Please refer to the
Statement of Additional Information for more detailed information as to how we
determine variable income payments.

FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS

We guarantee income payment amounts derived from any Fixed Account Option for
the duration of the Income Plan. We calculate the fixed income payments by:

1.   adjusting the portion of the Contract Value in any Fixed Account Option on
     the Payout Start Date by any applicable Market Value Adjustment;

2.   deducting any applicable premium tax; and

3.   applying the resulting amount to the greater of (a) the appropriate value
     from the income payment table in your Contract or (b) such other value as
     we are offering at that time.

We may defer making fixed income payments for a period of up to 6 months or any
shorter time state law may require. If we defer payments for 30 days or more, we
will pay interest as required by law from the date we receive the withdrawal
request to the date we make payment.

INCOME BENEFIT RIDER

The Income Benefit Rider is no longer available. For Contract Owners and
Annuitants up to and including age 75. This Rider guarantees that the amount of
income payments you receive will not be less than those determined by applying
the Income Base, less any applicable taxes, to the minimum guaranteed rate
(rather than to any current rates we may be offering) for the Income Plan you
select ("Guaranteed Income Benefit"). This Rider does not affect the amounts
paid as a death benefit, partial withdrawal or surrender. The Rider is optional,
has additional charges and may not be available in all states.

                                  25 PROSPECTUS



QUALIFICATIONS. To qualify for the income benefit payments under this Rider, you
must meet the following requirements as of the Payout Start Date:

.    You must elect a Payout Start Date that is on or after the 10th anniversary
     of the Rider Date;

.    The Payout Start Date must be prior to the oldest Annuitant's 90th
     birthday;

.    The Payout Start Date must occur during the 30 day period following a
     Contract Anniversary;

.    You must elect to receive fixed income payments, which will be calculated
     using the guaranteed payout rates listed in your Contract; and

.    The Income Plan you selected must provide for payments guaranteed for
     either a single life or joint lives with a specified period of at least:

.    10 years, if the youngest Annuitant's age is 80 or less on the Payout Start
     Date, or

.    5 years, if the youngest Annuitant's age is greater than 80 on the Payout
     Start Date.

.    Of course, if your Contract Value, applied to the then current payout rates
     offered by Lincoln Benefit, generates higher income payments than those
     provided under the Income Benefit Rider, you will receive the higher
     payment amount. You may also elect to apply your Contract Value to any
     other income plan that we offer at that time.

The Income Benefit Rider will no longer be in effect and the mortality and
expense charge for the Rider will end upon the change of the named Annuitant for
reasons other than death. We may discontinue offering these options at any time.

INCOME BASE

The Income Base is used solely for the purpose of calculating the GUARANTEED
INCOME BENEFIT under this Rider ("Guaranteed Income Benefit") and does not
provide a Contract Value or guarantee performance of any investment option.

On the date we issue the Rider ("Rider Date"), the Income Base is equal to the
Contract Value. After the Rider Date, the Income Base plus any subsequent
purchase payments and less a withdrawal adjustment (described below) for any
subsequent withdrawal will accumulate daily at a rate equivalent to 5% per year
until the earlier of the Payout Start Date, or the first day of the month after
the oldest Contract Owner's (or Annuitant's, if the Contract Owner is not a
living person) 85th birthday. The maximum Income Base is 200% of:

.    the Contract Value on the Rider Date; plus

.    any subsequent purchase payments; less

.    any subsequent withdrawal adjustments.

WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENT

The withdrawal adjustment is equal to (a) divided by (b), with the result
multiplied by (c) where:

(a) = the withdrawal amount

(b) = the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal, and

(c) = the most recently calculated Income Base

The Guaranteed Income Benefit amount is determined by applying the Income Base
less any applicable taxes to the guaranteed rates for the Income Plan you elect.
The Income Plan you elect must satisfy the conditions described above.

On the Payout Start Date, the income payment will be the greater of the
guaranteed Income Benefit or the Income Payment provided in the Payout Phase
section.

CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Contracts offered by this prospectus contain income payment tables that
provide for different payments to men and women of the same age, except in
states that require unisex tables. We reserve the right to use income payment
tables that do not distinguish on the basis of sex to the extent permitted by
applicable law. In certain employment-related situations, employers are required
by law to use the same income payment tables for men and women. Accordingly, if
the Contract is to be used in connection with an employment-related retirement
or benefit plan and we do not offer unisex annuity tables in your state, you
should consult with legal counsel as to whether the purchase of a Contract is
appropriate.

                                  26 PROSPECTUS



DEATH BENEFITS

WE WILL PAY A DEATH BENEFIT PRIOR TO THE PAYOUT START DATE ON:

1.   the death of any Contract Owner or,

2.   the death of the Annuitant, if the Contract Owner is not a living person.

We will pay the death benefit to the new Contract Owner as determined
immediately after the death. The new Contract Owner would be a surviving
Contract Owner or, if none, the Beneficiaries. If the Contract Owner is not a
living person, in the case of the death of the Annuitant, we will pay the death
benefit to the current Contract Owner.

A claim for a distribution on death must include DUE PROOF OF DEATH. Where there
are multiple Beneficiaries, we will value the Death Benefit at the time the
first Beneficiary submits a complete claim for payment of the Death Benefit. We
will accept the following documentation as "Due Proof of Death":

.    a certified copy of a death certificate,

.    a certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the
     finding of death, or

.    any other proof acceptable to us.

Your beneficiary should submit a complete claim for payment of the Death Benefit
within 180 days of the relevant death in order to claim the standard or enhanced
Death Benefit. If your beneficiary does not submit a complete claim for payment
of the Death Benefit within 180 days of the relevant death, the beneficiary will
be paid the Contract Value which may be adjusted as described in "Death Benefit
Payments" on page 34. You may specify that the death benefit be paid under a
specific Income Plan by submitting a written request to our Service Center. If
you so request, your Beneficiary may not change to a different Income Plan or
lump sum. Once we accept the written request, the change or restriction will
take effect as of the date you signed the request.

DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT

Prior to the Payout Start Date, if we receive a complete request for payment of
the Death Benefit within 180 days of the date of death, the standard Death
Benefit is equal to the greatest of:

.    the sum of all Purchase Payments reduced by withdrawal adjustments. The
     withdrawal adjustment for Purchase Payments is equal to (a) divided by (b),
     with the result multiplied by (c) where:

(a)  is the withdrawal amount;

(b)  is the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and

(c)  is the sum of all prior purchase payments adjusted by any prior
     withdrawals; or

.    the Contract Value on the date we determine the Death Benefit, or

.    the SETTLEMENT VALUE (that is, the amount payable on a full withdrawal of
     Contract Value, i.e., the Contract Value adjusted by any market value
     adjustment, less any applicable withdrawal charge or premium tax) on the
     date we determine the Death Benefit, or

.    the Contract Value on each DEATH BENEFIT ANNIVERSARY prior to the date we
     determine the Death Benefit, increased by any purchase payment made since
     that Death Benefit Anniversary and reduced by an adjustment for any
     withdrawals since that Death Benefit Anniversary.

In other words, for each Death Benefit Anniversary that occurs prior to the date
we determine the Death Benefit, we will calculate an amount equal to the
Contract Value on that Death Benefit Anniversary, plus any purchase payments
made since that Death Benefit Anniversary, and minus an adjustment for any
withdrawals made since that Death Benefit Anniversary. (The calculation of the
withdrawal adjustment is described on page 33.) If there are multiple Death
Benefit Anniversaries, we will make multiple calculations. The highest result
will be compared to the other three values listed above in order to determine
the Death Benefit.

"Death Benefit Anniversaries" occur every 7th Contract anniversary until the
oldest Contract Owner's 80th birthday, or the Annuitant's 80th birthday if the
Contract Owner is not a living person. The Contract Anniversary immediately
following the oldest Contract Owner's 80th birthday, or the Annuitant's 80th
birthday if the Contract Owner is not a living person, will also be a Death
Benefit Anniversary and is the final Death Benefit Anniversary.

The Death Benefit Anniversary withdrawal adjustment is equal to (a) divided by
(b), with the result multiplied by (c), where:

(a)  is the withdrawal amount;

(b)  is the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and

(c)  is the Contract Value on the Death Benefit Anniversary adjusted by any
     prior purchase payments or withdrawals made since that Anniversary.

We will determine the value of the Death Benefit as of the end of the Valuation
Date on which we receive a complete request for payment of the death benefit. If
we receive a request after 3:00 p.m. Central Time on a Valuation Date, we will
process the request as of the end of the following Valuation Date.

                                  27 PROSPECTUS



ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER

The Enhanced Death Benefit Rider is an optional benefit that you may elect if
the Contract Owners and Annuitants are not older than age 80 on the date we
receive the application, or the date we receive the written request to add this
Rider, whichever is later. If the Contract Owner is a living individual, the
Enhanced Death Benefit applies only upon the death of the Contract Owner. If the
Contract Owner is not a living individual, the Enhanced Death Benefit applies
only upon the death of the Annuitant. For Contracts with the Enhanced Death
Benefit Rider, the death benefit will be the greatest of the standard death
benefit above, or the Enhanced Death Benefit. The Enhanced Death Benefit is
equal to the greater of Enhanced Death Benefit A or Enhanced Death Benefit B.
Enhanced Death Benefit A or B may not be available in all states. This rider
will automatically terminate on the Payout Start Date.

The Enhanced Death Benefit will never be greater than the maximum death benefit
allowed by any state nonforfeiture laws that govern the Contract. The Enhanced
Death Benefit Rider and the mortality and expense charge for the Rider will
terminate upon the change of Contract Owner (or the Annuitant if the Contract
Owner is not a living person) for reasons other than death.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT A. On the date we issue the Rider ("RIDER DATE"),
Enhanced Death Benefit A is equal to the Contract Value on that date. After the
Rider Date, Enhanced Death Benefit A is the greatest of the ANNIVERSARY VALUES
as of the date we determine the death benefit. The "Anniversary Value" is equal
to the Contract Value on a Contract Anniversary, increased by purchase payments
made since that Anniversary and reduced by a withdrawal adjustment, as described
below, for any partial withdrawals since that Anniversary.

We will calculate Anniversary Values for each Contract Anniversary up until the
earlier of:

.    the date we determine the death benefit; or

.    the first Contract Anniversary following the oldest Contract Owner's or, if
     the Contract Owner is not a living person, the Annuitant's 80th birthday,
     or the first day of the 61st month following the Rider Date, whichever is
     later.

After age 80, or the first day of the 61st month following the Rider Date,
whichever is later, we will recalculate the Enhanced Death Benefit A only for
purchase payments and withdrawals.

The withdrawal adjustment is equal to (a) divided by (b), and the result
multiplied by (c) where:

(a) = is the withdrawal amount,

(b) = is the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal, and

(c) = the most recently calculated Enhanced Death Benefit A.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT B. The Enhanced Death Benefit B on the Rider Date is
equal to the Contract Value on that date. After the Rider Date, the Enhanced
Death Benefit B, plus any subsequent purchase payments and less a withdrawal
adjustment, as described below, will accumulate daily at a rate equivalent to 5%
per year until the earlier of:

.    the date we determine the death benefit; or

.    the first day of the month following the oldest Contract Owner's or, if the
     Contract Owner is not a living person, the Annuitant's 80th birthday, or
     the first day of the 61st month following the Rider Date, whichever is
     later.

After age 80, or the first day of the 61st month following the Rider Date,
whichever is later, we will recalculate the Enhanced Death Benefit B only for
purchase payments and withdrawals. The maximum amount of Enhanced Death Benefit
B is 200% of:

.    the Contract Value on the Rider Date; plus

.    any subsequent purchase payments; less

.    any subsequent withdrawal adjustments.

The withdrawal adjustment is equal to (a) divided by (b), and the result
multiplied by (c) where:

(a) = the withdrawal amount,

(b) = is the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal, and

(c) = is the most recently calculated Enhanced Death Benefit B.

ENHANCED EARNINGS DEATH BENEFIT RIDER

For Contract Owners and Annuitants up to and including age 75, the Enhanced
Earnings Death Benefit Rider is an optional benefit that you may elect.

If the Contract Owner is a living person, the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit
Rider applies only upon the death of the Contract Owner. If the Contract Owner
is not a living person, the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider applies only
upon the death of the Annuitant. The Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider and
the annual charge for the Rider will terminate upon the change of Contract Owner
(or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is not a living person) for reasons
other than death. The Rider may not be available in all states. We may
discontinue the offering of the Rider at any time. This rider will automatically
terminate on the Payout Start Date.

Under the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider, the Enhanced Earnings Death
Benefit is determined as follows:

If the oldest Contract Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is not a
living person, is age 55 or younger on the date we receive the completed
application, or we receive written request to add this

                                  28 PROSPECTUS



rider, whichever is later, the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit will be:

.    the lesser of 100% of IN-FORCE PREMIUM (excluding purchase payments made
     after the Rider Date and in the twelve month period immediately preceding
     the death of the Contract Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is
     not a living person) or 50% of In-Force Earnings, calculated as of the date
     we receive due proof of death.

If the oldest Contract Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is not a
living person, is between the ages of 56 and 65 on the date we receive the
completed application or the date we receive the written request to add this
rider, whichever is later, the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit will be:

.    the lesser of 80% of the In-Force Premium (excluding purchase payments made
     after the Rider Date and in the twelve month period immediately preceding
     the death of the Contract Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is
     not a living person) or 40% of In-Force Earning, calculated as of the date
     we receive due proof of death.

If the oldest Contract Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is not a
living person, is between the ages of 66 and 75 on the date we receive the
completed application or the date we receive the written request to add this
rider, whichever is later, the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit will be:

.    the lesser of 50% of In-Force Premium (excluding purchase payments made
     after the Rider Date and in the twelve month period immediately preceding
     the death of the Contract Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is
     not a living person) or 25% of In-Force Earnings, calculated as of the date
     we receive due proof of death.

For purpose of calculating the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit, the following
definitions apply:

.    In-Force Earnings is the greater of (a) the current Contract Value less the
     In-Force Premium; or (b) zero.

.    In-Force Premiums are defined as follows:

.    If the Rider Date is the same as the Issue Date of the Contract:

.    The sum of all the purchase payments less the sum of all the
     Excess-of-Earnings Withdrawals.

.    If the Rider Date is later than the Contract issue date:

.    The Contract Value as of Rider Date plus all the purchase payments made
     after the Rider Date less the sum of all the Excess-of-Earnings Withdrawals
     after the Rider Date Excess-of-Earnings Withdrawals are defined as follows:

.    For each withdrawal, this amount is equal to the amount, if any, by which
     the withdrawal exceeds the In-Force Earnings immediately prior to the
     withdrawal.

We will calculate the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider as of the date we
receive Due Proof of Death. We will pay the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit with
the death benefit as described under "Death Benefit Payments" below.

The value of the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit largely depends on the amount
of earnings that accumulate under your Contract. If you expect to withdraw the
earnings from your Contract Value, electing the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit
Rider may not be appropriate. For purposes of calculating the Enhanced Earnings
Death Benefit, earnings are considered to be withdrawn first before purchase
payments. Your financial advisor can help you decide if the Enhanced Earnings
Death Benefit Rider is right for you.

For examples of how the death benefit is calculated under the Enhanced Earnings
Death Benefit Rider, see Appendix C.

DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENTS

1.   If the sole new Contract Owner is your spouse:

(a)  Your spouse may elect, within 180 days of the date of your death, to
     receive the Death Benefit described above in a lump sum.

(b)  Your spouse may elect, within 180 days of the date of your death, to
     receive an amount equal to the Death Benefit paid out through an Income
     Plan. Payments from the Income Plan must begin within one year of your date
     of death. The payments must be:

(i)  over the life of your spouse; or

(ii) for a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to 30 years but not to exceed
     the life expectancy of your spouse; or

(iii) over the life of your spouse with a guaranteed number of payments from 5
     to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of your spouse.

If your spouse chooses to continue the Contract or, does not elect one of the
options above within 180 days of your death, the Contract will continue in the
Accumulation Phase as if no death has occurred. If the Contract continues in the
Accumulation Phase, the following conditions apply:

(a)  On the date the Contract is continued, the Contract Value will be the Death
     Benefit as determined as of the Valuation Date on which we received due
     proof of death (the next Valuation Date, if we receive due proof of death
     after 3 p.m. Central Time). Unless otherwise instructed by the continuing
     spouse, the excess, if any, of the Death Benefit amount over the Contract
     Value will be allocated to the Subaccounts. This excess will be allocated
     in proportion to your Contract Value in those Subaccounts as of the end of
     the Valuation Period during which we receive the complete request for
     payment of the

                                  29 PROSPECTUS



Death Benefit, except that any portion of this excess attributable to the Fixed
Account Options will be allocated to the Money Market Subaccount. Within 30 days
of the date the Contract is continued, your surviving spouse may choose one of
the following transfers without incurring a transfer fee:

(i)  transfer all or a portion of the excess among the Subaccounts;

(ii) transfer all or a portion of the excess into the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed
     Account and begin a new Guarantee Period; or

(iii) transfer all or a portion of the excess into a combination of Subaccounts,
     or the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account.

Any such transfer does not count as one of the free transfers allowed each
Contract Year and is subject to any minimum allocation amount specified in your
Contract. The surviving spouse may make a single withdrawal of any amount within
one year of the date of death without incurring a Withdrawal Charge or Market
Value Adjustment.

After the Contract is continued, prior to the Payout Start Date, the Death
Benefit of the continued Contract will be the greatest of:

(a)  the sum of all purchase payments reduced by any withdrawal adjustments; or

(b)  the Contract Value on the date we determine the Death Benefit; or

(c)  the Settlement Value on the date we determine the Death Benefit; or

(d)  the Contract Value on each Death Benefit Anniversary prior to the date we
     determine the Death Benefit, increased by any Purchase Payments made since
     that Death Benefit Anniversary and reduced by an adjustment for any
     withdrawals, as defined in the Death Benefit provision.

Please see DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT on page 32 for a detailed explanation of how
these amounts are calculated.

Only one spousal continuation is allowed under the Contract.

2.   If the new Contract Owner is not your spouse but is a living person, the
     new Contract Owner has the following options:

(a)  The new Contract Owner may elect, within 180 days of the date of your
     death, to receive the Death Benefit in a lump sum.

(b)  The new Contract Owner may elect, within 180 days of the date of your
     death, to receive an amount equal to the Death Benefit paid out through an
     Income Plan. Payments from the annuity option must begin within one year of
     your date of death. The Payments must be:

(i) over the life of the new Contract Owner, or for a guaranteed number of
payments from 5 to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of the new
Contract Owner; or

(ii) over the life of the new Contract Owner with a guaranteed number of
payments from 5 to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of the new
Contract Owner.

(c)  If the New Owner does not elect one of the options above within 180 days of
     death, then the New Owner must receive the Contract Value payable within 5
     years of your date of death. Under this option, if the Settlement Value is
     greater than the Contract Value as determined as of the Valuation Date on
     which we received a complete request for settlement, which includes Due
     Proof of Death (the next Valuation Date, if we receive Due Proof of Death
     after 3:00 p.m. Central Time), we will allocate the excess to the Variable
     Subaccount selected by the New Owner. In the absence of instructions, we
     will allocate that amount to the Money Market Variable Subaccount. Until
     the Contract Value is withdrawn, it will vary in accordance with the
     investment options selected by the New Owner, and the New Owner may
     exercise all rights as set forth in the TRANSFERS section during this
     5-year period.

No additional purchase payments may be added to the Contract under this
election. Withdrawal Charges will be waived for any withdrawals made during this
5-year period.

If the New Owner dies prior to receiving all of the Contract Value, then the New
Owner's named beneficiary(ies) will receive the greater of the Settlement Value
or the remaining Contract Value. This amount must be received as a lump sum
within 5 years of the date of the original Owner's death.

3.   If the new Contract Owner is a non-Living Person, the new Contract Owner
     has the following options:

(a)  The non-living Contract Owner may elect, within 180 days of your death, to
     receive the Death Benefit in a lump sum.

(b)  If the New Owner does not elect the option above, then the New Owner must
     receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of your date of death.
     Under this option, if the Settlement Value is greater than the Contract
     Value as determined as of the Valuation Date on which we received Due Proof
     of Death (the next Valuation Date, if we receive Due Proof of Death after
     3:00 pm Central Time), we will allocate the excess to the Variable
     Subaccount selected by the New Owner. In the absence of instructions, we
     will allocate that amount to the Money Market Variable Subaccount. Until
     the Contract Value is withdrawn, it will vary in accordance with the
     investment options selected by the New Owner, and the New Owner may
     exercise all rights as set forth in the Transfers provision during this
     5-year period.

No additional purchase payments may be added to the Contract under this
election. Withdrawal Charges will be waived during this 5-year period.

                                  30 PROSPECTUS



We reserve the right to offer additional options upon Death of Owner. Under any
of these options, all ownership rights, subject to any restrictions previously
placed upon the Beneficiary, are available to the New Owner.

If any new Contract Owner is not a Living Person, all new Contract Owners will
be considered to be non-Living Persons for the above purposes.

We reserve the right to waive or extend the 180-day limit on a
non-discriminatory basis.

DEATH OF ANNUITANT

If the Annuitant who is not also the Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout
Start Date, the Contract Owner must elect one of the following options:

1.   If the Contract Owner is a Living Person, the Contract will continue with a
     new Annuitant as described on page 12.

2.   If the Contract Owner is not a Living Person:

(a)  The non-living Contract Owner may elect, within 180 days of the Annuitant's
     date of death, to receive the Death Benefit in a lump sum; or

(b)  If the Contract Owner does not elect the above option, then the Owner must
     receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of the Annuitant's date
     of death. Under this option, if the Settlement Value is greater than the
     Contract Value as determined as of the Valuation Date on which we received
     Due Proof of Death (the next Valuation Date, if we receive Due Proof of
     Death after 3:00 pm Central Time), we will allocate the excess to the
     Variable Subaccount selected by the New Owner. In the absence of
     instructions, we will allocate that amount to the Money Market Variable
     Subaccount. Until the Contract Value is withdrawn, it will vary in
     accordance with the investment options selected by the New Owner, and the
     Contract Owner may then exercise all rights as set forth in the TRANSFERS
     section during this 5-year period.

No additional purchase payments may be added to the Contract under this
election. Withdrawal Charges will be waived during this 5-year period.

If the non-living Contract Owner does not make one of the above described
elections, the Settlement Value must be withdrawn by a non-living Contract Owner
on or before the mandatory distribution date 5 years after the Annuitant's
death.

We reserve the right to waive or extend the 180-day limit on a
non-discriminatory basis.

MORE INFORMATION

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY.

Lincoln Benefit Life Company is a stock life insurance company organized under
the laws of the state of Nebraska in 1938. Our legal domicile and principal
business address is 2940 South 84th Street, Lincoln, Nebraska, 68506-4142.
Lincoln Benefit is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company
("Allstate Life" or "ALIC"), a stock life insurance company incorporated under
the laws of the State of Illinois. Allstate Life is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Allstate Insurance Company ("AIC"), a stock property-liability insurance company
incorporated under the laws of Illinois. All outstanding capital stock of
Allstate is owned by The Allstate Corporation ("Allstate").

We are authorized to conduct life insurance and annuity business in the District
of Columbia, Guam, U.S. Virgin Islands and all states except New York. We intend
to market the Contract everywhere we conduct variable annuity business. The
Contracts offered by this prospectus are issued by us and will be funded in the
Variable Account and/or the Fixed Account.

Under our reinsurance agreements with Allstate Life, substantially all contract
related transactions are transferred to Allstate Life and substantially all of
the assets backing our reinsured liabilities are owned by Allstate Life. These
assets represent our general account and are invested and managed by Allstate
Life. Accordingly, the results of operations with respect to applications
received and contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit are not reflected in our
financial statements. The amounts reflected in our financial statements relate
only to the investment of those assets of Lincoln Benefit that are not
transferred to Allstate Life under the reinsurance agreements. While the
reinsurance agreements provide us with financial backing from Allstate Life, it
does not create a direct contractual relationship between Allstate Life and you.

Under the Company's reinsurance agreements with ALIC, the Company reinsures all
reserve liabilities with ALIC except for variable contracts. The Company's
variable contract assets and liabilities are held in legally-segregated,
unitized Variable Accounts and are retained by the Company. However, the
transactions related to such variable contracts such as premiums, expenses and
benefits are transferred to ALIC.

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

Lincoln Benefit established the Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account in
1992. We have registered the Variable Account with the SEC as a unit investment
trust. The SEC does not supervise the management of the Variable Account or
Lincoln Benefit.

We own the assets of the Variable Account. The Variable Account is a segregated
asset account under Nebraska law. That means we account for the Variable
Account's income, gains and losses separately from the results of our

                                  31 PROSPECTUS



other operations. It also means that only the assets of the Variable Account
that are in excess of the reserves and other Contract liabilities with respect
to the Variable Account are subject to liabilities relating to our other
operations. Our obligations arising under the Contracts are general corporate
obligations of Lincoln Benefit.

The Variable Account consists of Variable Subaccounts. Each Variable Subaccount
invests in a corresponding Portfolio. We may add new Variable Subaccounts or
eliminate one or more of them, if we believe marketing, tax, or investment
conditions so warrant. We may also add other Variable Subaccounts that may be
available under other variable annuity contracts. We do not guarantee the
investment performance of the Variable Account, its Subaccounts or the
Portfolios. We may use the Variable Account to fund our other annuity contracts.
We will account separately for each type of annuity contract funded by the
Variable Account.

THE PORTFOLIOS

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS. We automatically reinvest all
dividends and capital gains distributions from the Portfolios in shares of the
distributing Portfolio at their net asset value.

VOTING PRIVILEGES. As a general matter, you do not have a direct right to vote
the shares of the Portfolios held by the Variable Subaccounts to which you have
allocated your Contract Value. Under current law, however, you are entitled to
give us instructions on how to vote those shares on certain matters. Based on
our present view of the law, we will vote the shares of the Portfolios that we
hold directly or indirectly through the Variable Account in accordance with
instructions that we receive from Contract Owners entitled to give such
instructions.

As a general rule, before the Payout Start Date, the Contract Owner or anyone
with a voting interest is the person entitled to give voting instructions. The
number of shares that a person has a right to instruct will be determined by
dividing the Contract Value allocated to the applicable Variable Subaccount by
the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio as of the record
date of the meeting. After the Payout Start Date the person receiving income
payments has the voting interest. The payee's number of votes will be determined
by dividing the reserve for such Contract allocated to the applicable Variable
Subaccount by the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio. The
votes decrease as income payments are made and as the reserves for the Contract
decrease.

We will vote shares attributable to Contracts for which we have not received
instructions, as well as shares attributable to us, in the same proportion as we
vote shares for which we have received instructions, unless we determine that we
may vote such shares in our own discretion. We will apply voting instructions to
abstain on any item to be voted upon on a pro-rata basis to reduce the votes
eligible to be cast.

We reserve the right to vote Portfolio shares as we see fit without regard to
voting instructions to the extent permitted by law. If we disregard voting
instructions, we will include a summary of that action and our reasons for that
action in the next semi-annual financial report we send to you.

CHANGES IN PORTFOLIOS. If the shares of any of the Portfolios are no longer
available for investment by the Variable Account or if, in our judgment, further
investment in such shares is no longer desirable in view of the purposes of the
Contract, we may eliminate that Portfolio and substitute shares of another
eligible investment fund. Any substitution of securities will comply with the
requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940. We also may add new Variable
Subaccounts that invest in additional underlying funds. We will notify you in
advance of any change.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Certain of the Portfolios sell their shares to separate
accounts underlying both variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts.
It is conceivable that in the future it may be unfavorable for variable life
insurance separate accounts and variable annuity separate accounts to invest in
the same Portfolio. The boards of directors of these Portfolios monitor for
possible conflicts among separate accounts buying shares of the Portfolios.
Conflicts could develop for a variety of reasons. For example, differences in
treatment under tax and other laws or the failure by a separate account to
comply with such laws could cause a conflict. To eliminate a conflict, a
Portfolio's board of directors may require a separate account to withdraw its
participation in a Portfolio. A Portfolio's net asset value could decrease if it
had to sell investment securities to pay redemption proceeds to a separate
account withdrawing because of a conflict.

THE CONTRACT

 DISTRIBUTION. The Contracts described in this prospectus are sold by registered
representatives of broker-dealers who are our licensed insurance agents, either
individually or through an incorporated insurance agency. Commissions paid to
broker-dealers may vary, but we estimate that the total commissions paid on all
Contract sales will not exceed 7.5% of all Purchase Payments (on a present value
basis). From time to time, we may offer additional sales incentives of up to
1.5% of Purchase Payments and other cash bonuses to broker-dealers who maintain
certain sales volume levels.

ALFS, Inc. ("ALFS") located at 3100 Sanders Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-7154
serves as distributor of the Contracts. ALFS, an affiliate of Lincoln Benefit,
is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company. ALFS is a
registered broker dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
Lincoln Benefit does not pay ALFS a commission for distribution of the
Contracts. The

                                  32 PROSPECTUS



underwriting agreement with ALFS provides that we will reimburse ALFS for
expenses incurred in distributing the Contracts, including liability arising out
of services we provide on the Contracts.

ADMINISTRATION. We have primary responsibility for all administration of the
Contracts and the Variable Account. We provide the following administrative
services, among others:

.    issuance of the Contracts;

.    maintenance of Contract Owner records;

.    Contract Owner services;

.    calculation of unit values;

.    maintenance of the Variable Account; and

.    preparation of Contract Owner reports.

We will send you Contract statements and transaction confirmations at least
annually. You should notify us promptly in writing of any address change. You
should read your statements and confirmations carefully and verify their
accuracy. You should contact us promptly if you have a question about a periodic
statement. We will investigate all complaints and make any necessary adjustments
retroactively, but you must notify us of a potential error within a reasonable
time after the date of the questioned statement. If you wait too long, we
reserve the right to make the adjustment as of the date that we receive notice
of the potential error.

We also will provide you with additional periodic and other reports, information
and prospectuses as may be required by federal securities laws.

NON-QUALIFIED ANNUITIES HELD WITHIN A QUALIFIED PLAN

If you use the Contract within a employer sponsored qualified retirement plan,
the plan may impose different or additional conditions or limitations on
withdrawals, waivers of withdrawal charges, death benefits, Payout Start Dates,
income payments, and other Contract features. In addition, adverse tax
consequences may result if qualified plan limits on distributions and other
conditions are not met. Please consult your qualified plan administrator for
more information. Lincoln Benefit no longer issues deferred annuities to
employer sponsored qualified retirement plans.

LEGAL MATTERS

All matters of Nebraska law pertaining to the Contract, including the validity
of the Contract and our right to issue the Contract under Nebraska law, have
been passed upon by William F. Emmons, Vice President, Assistant General Counsel
and Assistant Secretary of Lincoln Benefit.

                                  33 PROSPECTUS



TAXES

THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS GENERAL AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. LINCOLN
BENEFIT MAKES NO GUARANTEE REGARDING THE TAX TREATMENT OF ANY CONTRACT OR
TRANSACTION INVOLVING A CONTRACT.

Federal, state, local and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of
distributions under an annuity contract depend on your individual circumstances.
If you are concerned about any tax consequences with regard to your individual
circumstances, you should consult a competent tax adviser.

TAXATION OF LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

Lincoln Benefit is taxed as a life insurance company under Part I of Subchapter
L of the Code. Since the Variable

Account is not an entity separate from Lincoln Benefit, and its operations form
a part of Lincoln Benefit, it will not be taxed separately. Investment income
and realized capital gains of the Variable Account are automatically applied to
increase reserves under the Contract. Under existing federal income tax law,
Lincoln Benefit believes that the Variable Account investment income and capital
gains will not be taxed to the extent that such income and gains are applied to
increase the reserves under the Contract. Accordingly, Lincoln Benefit does not
anticipate that it will incur any federal income tax liability attributable to
the Variable Account, and therefore Lincoln Benefit does not intend to make
provisions for any such taxes. If Lincoln Benefit is taxed on investment income
or capital gains of the Variable Account, then Lincoln Benefit may impose a
charge against the Variable

Account in order to make provision for such taxes.

TAXATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITIES IN GENERAL

TAX DEFERRAL. Generally, you are not taxed on increases in the Contract Value
until a distribution occurs. This rule applies only where:

.    the Contract Owner is a natural person,

.    the investments of the Variable Account are "adequately diversified"
     according to Treasury Department regulations, and

.    Lincoln Benefit is considered the owner of the Variable Account assets for
     federal income tax purposes.

NON-NATURAL OWNERS. Non-natural owners are also referred to as Non Living Owners
in this prospectus. As a general rule, annuity contracts owned by non-natural
persons such as corporations, trusts, or other entities are not treated as
annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. The income on such contracts
does not enjoy tax deferral and is taxed as ordinary income received or accrued
by the non-natural owner during the taxable year.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE NON-NATURAL OWNER RULE. There are several exceptions to the
general rule that annuity contracts held by a non-natural owner are not treated
as annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. Contracts will generally
be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other
entity which holds the contract as agent for a natural person. However, this
special exception will not apply in the case of an employer who is the nominal
owner of an annuity contract under a non-Qualified deferred compensation
arrangement for its employees. Other exceptions to the non-natural owner rule
are: (1) contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of
the decedent; (2) certain qualified contracts; (3) contracts purchased by
employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; (4) certain contracts
used in connection with structured settlement agreements; and (5) immediate
annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting
date is no later than a year from purchase of the annuity and substantially
equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the
annuity period.

GRANTOR TRUST OWNED ANNUITY. Contracts owned by a grantor trust are considered
owned by a non-natural owner. Grantor trust owned contracts receive tax deferral
as described in the Exceptions to the Non-Natural Owner Rule section. In
accordance with the Code, upon the death of the annuitant, the death benefit
must be paid. According to your Contract, the Death Benefit is paid to the
surviving Contract Owner. Since the trust will be the surviving Contract Owner
in all cases, the Death Benefit will be payable to the trust notwithstanding any
beneficiary designation on the annuity contract. A trust, including a grantor
trust, has two options for receiving any death benefits: 1) a lump sum payment;
or 2) payment deferred up to five years from date of death.

DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. For a Contract to be treated as an annuity for
federal income tax purposes, the investments in the Variable Account must be
"adequately diversified" consistent with standards under Treasury Department
regulations. If the investments in the Variable Account are not adequately
diversified, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal
income tax purposes. As a result, the income on the Contract will be taxed as
ordinary income received or accrued by the Contract owner during the taxable
year. Although Lincoln Benefit does not have control over the Portfolios or
their investments, we expect the Portfolios to meet the diversification
requirements.

OWNERSHIP TREATMENT. The IRS has stated that a contract owner will be considered
the owner of separate account assets if he possesses incidents of ownership in
those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the
assets. At the time the diversification regulations were issued, the Treasury
Department

                                  34 PROSPECTUS



announced that the regulations do not provide guidance concerning circumstances
in which investor control of the separate account investments may cause a
Contract owner to be treated as the owner of the separate account. The Treasury
Department also stated that future guidance would be issued regarding the extent
that owners could direct sub-account investments without being treated as owners
of the underlying assets of the separate account.

Your rights under the Contract are different than those described by the IRS in
private and published rulings in which it found that Contract owners were not
owners of separate account assets. For example, if your contract offers more
than twenty (20) investment alternatives you have the choice to allocate
premiums and contract values among a broader selection of investment
alternatives than described in such rulings. You may be able to transfer among
investment alternatives more frequently than in such rulings. These differences
could result in you being treated as the owner of the Variable Account. If this
occurs, income and gain from the Variable Account assets would be includible in
your gross income. Lincoln

Benefit does not know what standards will be set forth in any regulations or
rulings which the Treasury Department may issue. It is possible that future
standards announced by the Treasury Department could adversely affect the tax
treatment of your Contract. We reserve the right to modify the Contract as
necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the federal tax owner
of the assets of the Variable Account. However, we make no guarantee that such
modification to the Contract will be successful.

TAXATION OF PARTIAL AND FULL WITHDRAWALS. If you make a partial withdrawal under
a Non-Qualified Contract, amounts received are taxable to the extent the
Contract Value, without regard to surrender charges, exceeds the investment in
the Contract. The investment in the Contract is the gross premium paid for the
contract minus any amounts previously received from the Contract if such amounts
were properly excluded from your gross income. If you make a full withdrawal
under a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount received will be taxable only to the
extent it exceeds the investment in the Contract.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS. Generally, the rule for income taxation of annuity
payments received from a Non-Qualified Contract provides for the return of your
investment in the Contract in equal tax-free amounts over the payment period.
The balance of each payment received is taxable. For fixed annuity payments, the
amount excluded from income is determined by multiplying the payment by the
ratio of the investment in the Contract (adjusted for any refund feature or
period certain) to the total expected value of annuity payments for the term of
the Contract. If you elect variable annuity payments, the amount excluded from
taxable income is determined by dividing the investment in the Contract by the
total number of expected payments. The annuity payments will be fully taxable
after the total amount of the investment in the Contract is excluded using these
ratios. If any variable payment is less than the excludable amount you should
contact a competent tax advisor to determine how to report any unrecovered
investment. The federal tax treatment of annuity payments is unclear in some
respects. As a result, if the IRS should provide further guidance, it is
possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as taxable could be
different. If you die, and annuity payments cease before the total amount of the
investment in the Contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount will be allowed
as a deduction for your last taxable year.

WITHDRAWALS AFTER THE PAYOUT START DATE. Federal tax law is unclear regarding
the taxation of any additional withdrawal received after the Payout Start Date.
It is possible that a greater or lesser portion of such a payment could be
taxable than the amount we determine.

DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH RULES. In order to be considered an annuity contract for
federal income tax purposes, the Contract must provide:

.    if any Contract Owner dies on or after the Payout Start Date but before the
     entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion
     of such interest must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
     method of distribution being used as of the date of the Contract Owner's
     death;

.    if any Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the entire
     interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after the date
     of the Contract Owner's death. These requirements are satisfied if any
     portion of the Contract Owner's interest that is payable to (or for the
     benefit of) a designated Beneficiary is distributed over the life of such
     Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of
     the Beneficiary) and the distributions begin within 1 year of the Contract
     Owner's death. If the Contract Owner's designated Beneficiary is the
     surviving spouse of the Contract Owner, the Contract may be continued with
     the surviving spouse as the new Contract Owner.

.    if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person, then the Annuitant will be
     treated as the Contract Owner for purposes of applying the distribution at
     death rules. In addition, a change in the Annuitant on a Contract owned by
     a non-natural person will be treated as the death of the Contract Owner.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY DEATH BENEFITS. Death Benefit amounts are included in income
as follows:

.    if distributed in a lump sum, the amounts are taxed in the same manner as a
     full withdrawal, or

.    if distributed under an Income Plan, the amounts are taxed in the same
     manner as annuity payments.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS. A 10% penalty tax applies to the taxable
amount of any

                                  35 PROSPECTUS



premature distribution from a non-Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally
applies to any distribution made prior to the date you attain age 59 1/2.
However, no penalty tax is incurred on distributions:

.    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

.    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or becoming totally
     disabled,

.    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

.    made under an immediate annuity, or

.    attributable to investment in the Contract before August 14, 1982.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS. With respect to non-Qualified Contracts
using substantially equal periodic payments or immediate annuity payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the Contract Owner's attaining age 59 1/2 would be
subject to a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax
applied. The tax for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty
tax that would have been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the
years in which the exception was used. A material modification does not include
permitted changes described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a
competent tax advisor prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal
periodic payment stream.

TAX FREE EXCHANGES UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035. A 1035 exchange is
a tax-free exchange of a non-qualified life insurance contract, endowment
contract or annuity contract into a non-Qualified annuity contract. The contract
owner(s) must be the same on the old and new contract. Basis from the old
contract carries over to the new contract so long as we receive that information
from the relinquishing company. If basis information is never received, we will
assume that all exchanged funds represent earnings and will allocate no cost
basis to them.

PARTIAL EXCHANGES. The IRS has issued a ruling that permits partial exchanges of
annuity contracts. Under this ruling, if you take a withdrawal from a receiving
or relinquishing annuity contract within 24 months of the partial exchange, then
special aggregation rules apply for purposes of determining the taxable amount
of a distribution. The IRS has issued limited guidance on how to aggregate and
report these distributions. The IRS is expected to provide further guidance, as
a result, it is possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as
taxable could be different.

TAXATION OF OWNERSHIP CHANGES. If you transfer a non-Qualified Contract without
full and adequate consideration to a person other than your spouse (or to a
former spouse incident to a divorce), you will be taxed on the difference
between the Contract Value and the investment in the Contract at the time of
transfer. Any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of the
Contract Value is taxed as a withdrawal of such amount or portion and may also
incur the 10% penalty tax.

AGGREGATION OF ANNUITY CONTRACTS. The Code requires that all non-Qualified
deferred annuity contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit (or its affiliates) to the
same Contract Owner during any calendar year be aggregated and treated as one
annuity contract for purposes of determining the taxable amount of a
distribution.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

Generally, Lincoln Benefit is required to withhold federal income tax at a rate
of 10% from all non-annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out of
withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold the required 10% of the taxable
amount. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Lincoln Benefit is required to withhold federal income tax using the wage
withholding rates for all annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out
of withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold using married with three
exemptions as the default. If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is
provided, we will automatically withhold using single with zero exemptions as
the default. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Section 1441 of the Code provides that Lincoln Benefit as a
withholding agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a
non-resident alien. A non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or
resident alien. Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if covered by an income
tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's country of residence if
the payee provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number on a completed Form
W-8BEN. A U.S. taxpayer identification number is a social security number or an
individual taxpayer identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS
to non-resident alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social
security number. The U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all

                                  36 PROSPECTUS



countries nor do all tax treaties provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate
for annuities.

TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

The income on tax sheltered annuity (TSA) and IRA investments is tax deferred,
and the income on variable annuities held by such plans does not receive any
additional tax deferral. You should review the annuity features, including all
benefits and expenses, prior to purchasing a variable annuity as a TSA or IRA.
Tax Qualified Contracts are contracts purchased as investments as:

.    Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) under Section 408(b) of the Code;

.    Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code;

.    Simplified Employee Pension (SEP IRA) under Section 408(k) of the Code;

.    Savings Incentive Match Plans for Employees (SIMPLE IRA) under Section
     408(p) of the Code; and

.    Tax Sheltered Annuities under Section 403(b) of the Code.

Lincoln Benefit reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract for
use with any of the retirement plans listed above or to modify the Contract to
conform with tax requirements.

The tax rules applicable to participants with tax qualified annuities vary
according to the type of contract and the terms and conditions of the
endorsement. Adverse tax consequences may result from certain transactions such
as excess contributions, premature distributions, and, distributions that do not
conform to specified commencement and minimum distribution rules. Lincoln

Benefit can issue an individual retirement annuity on a rollover or transfer of
proceeds from a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer sponsored retirement plan under
which the decedent's surviving spouse is the beneficiary. Lincoln Benefit does
not offer an individual retirement annuity that can accept a transfer of funds
for any other, non-spousal, beneficiary of a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer
sponsored retirement plan.

In the case of certain qualified plans, the terms of the plans may govern the
right to benefits, regardless of the terms of the Contract.

TAXATION OF WITHDRAWALS FROM AN INDIVIDUALLY OWNED TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACT. If
you make a partial withdrawal under a Tax Qualified Contract other than a Roth
IRA, the portion of the payment that bears the same ratio to the total payment
that the investment in the Contract (i.e., nondeductible IRA contributions)
bears to the Contract Value, is excluded from your income. We do not keep track
of nondeductible contributions, and all tax reporting of distributions from Tax
Qualified Contracts other than Roth IRAs will indicate that the distribution is
fully taxable.

"Qualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are not included in gross income.
"Qualified distributions" are any distributions made more than five taxable
years after the taxable year of the first contribution to any Roth IRA and which
are:

.    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

.    made to a beneficiary after the Contract Owner's death,

.    attributable to the Contract Owner being disabled, or

.    made for a first time home purchase (first time home purchases are subject
     to a lifetime limit of $10,000).

"Nonqualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are treated as made from
contributions first and are included in gross income only to the extent that
distributions exceed contributions. All tax reporting of distributions from Roth
IRAs will indicate that the taxable amount is not determined.

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. Generally, IRAs (excluding Roth IRAs) and TSAs
require minimum distributions upon reaching age 70 1/2. Failure to withdraw the
required minimum distribution will result in a 50% tax penalty on the shortfall
not withdrawn from the Contract. Not all income plans offered under the Contract
satisfy the requirements for minimum distributions. Because these distributions
are required under the Code and the method of calculation is complex, please see
a competent tax advisor.

THE DEATH BENEFIT AND TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Pursuant to the Code and IRS
regulations, an IRA (e.g., traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA and SIMPLE IRA)
may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an IRA may provide a death
benefit that equals the greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value.
The Contract offers a death benefit that in certain circumstances may exceed the
greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value. We believe that the
Death Benefits offered by your Contract do not constitute life insurance under
these regulations.

It is also possible that certain death benefits that offer enhanced earnings
could be characterized as an incidental death benefit. If the death benefit were
so characterized, this could result in current taxable income to a Contract
Owner. In addition, there are limitations on the amount of incidental death
benefits that may be provided under qualified plans, such as in connection with
a 403(b) plan.

Lincoln Benefit reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract for
use with any of the qualified plans listed above.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS FROM TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. A 10%
penalty tax applies to the taxable amount of any premature distribution from a
Tax Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally applies to any distribution
made prior to the date you attain age

                                  37 PROSPECTUS



59 1/2. However, no penalty tax is incurred on distributions:

.    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

.    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or total disability,

.    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

.    made after separation from service after age 55 (applies only for IRAs),

.    made pursuant to an IRS levy,

.    made for certain medical expenses,

.    made to pay for health insurance premiums while unemployed (applies only
     for IRAs),

.    made for qualified higher education expenses (applies only for IRAs), and

.    made for a first time home purchase (up to a $10,000 lifetime limit and
     applies only for IRAs).

During the first 2 years of the individual's participation in a SIMPLE IRA,
distributions that are otherwise subject to the premature distribution penalty,
will be subject to a 25% penalty tax.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. With respect
to Tax Qualified Contracts using substantially equal periodic payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the taxpayer's attaining age 59 1/2 would be subject to
a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax applied. The tax
for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty tax that would have
been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the years in which the
exception was used. A material modification does not include permitted changes
described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a competent tax advisor
prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal periodic payment stream.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Generally, Lincoln Benefit is
required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 10% from all non-annuitized
distributions that are not considered "eligible rollover distributions." The
customer may elect out of withholding by completing and signing a withholding
election form. If no election is made, we will automatically withhold the
required 10% from the taxable amount. In certain states, if there is federal
withholding, then state withholding is also mandatory. Lincoln Benefit is
required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 20% on all "eligible
rollover distributions" unless you elect to make a "direct rollover" of such
amounts to an IRA or eligible retirement plan. Eligible rollover distributions
generally include all distributions from employer sponsored retirement plans,
including TSAs but excluding IRAs, with the exception of:

.    required minimum distributions, or,

.    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over a period of at
     least 10 years, or,

.    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over the life (joint
     lives) of the participant (and beneficiary), or,

.    hardship distributions.

For all annuitized distributions that are not subject to the 20% withholding
requirement, Lincoln Benefit is required to withhold federal income tax using
the wage withholding rates. The customer may elect out of withholding by
completing and signing a withholding election form. If no election is made, we
will automatically withhold using married with three exemptions as the default.
If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is provided, we will automatically
withhold using single with zero exemptions as the default. In certain states, if
there is federal withholding, then state withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Section 1441 of the Code provides that Lincoln Benefit as a
withholding agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a
non-resident alien. A non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or
resident alien. Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if covered by an income
tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's country of residence if
the payee provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number on a completed Form
W-8BEN. A U.S. taxpayer identification number is a social security number or an
individual taxpayer identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS
to non-resident alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social
security number. The U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all countries nor do
all tax treaties provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate for annuities.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Section 408 of the Code permits eligible
individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an
Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA). Individual Retirement Annuities are subject
to limitations on the amount that can be contributed and on the time when
distributions may commence. Certain distributions from other types of qualified
plans may be "rolled over" on a tax-deferred basis into an Individual Retirement
Annuity.

                                  38 PROSPECTUS



ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Section 408A of the Code permits eligible
individuals to make nondeductible contributions to an individual retirement
program known as a Roth Individual Retirement Annuity. Roth Individual
Retirement Annuities are subject to limitations on the amount that can be
contributed and on the time when distributions may commence.

Subject to certain limitations, a traditional Individual Retirement Account or
Annuity may be converted or "rolled over" to a Roth Individual Retirement
Annuity. The income portion of a conversion or rollover distribution is taxable
currently, but is exempted from the 10% penalty tax on premature distributions.

ANNUITIES HELD BY INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS (COMMONLY KNOWN AS CUSTODIAL
IRAS)

Internal Revenue Code Section 408 permits a custodian or trustee of an
Individual Retirement Account to purchase an annuity as an investment of the
Individual Retirement Account. If an annuity is purchased inside of an
Individual Retirement Account, then the Annuitant must be the same person as the
beneficial owner of the Individual Retirement Account.

Generally, the death benefit of an annuity held in an Individual Retirement
Account must be paid upon the death of the Annuitant. However, in most states,
the Contract permits the custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement
Account to continue the Contract in the accumulation phase, with the Annuitant's
surviving spouse as the new Annuitant, if the following conditions are met:

1)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account is the owner
     of the annuity and has the right to the death proceeds otherwise payable
     under the annuity contract;

2)   The deceased Annuitant was the beneficial owner of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

3)   We receive a complete request for settlement for the death of the
     Annuitant; and

4)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account provides us
     with a signed certification of the following:

(a)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

(b)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse has elected to continue the Individual
     Retirement Account as his or her own Individual Retirement Account; and

(c)  The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account has continued
     the Individual Retirement Account pursuant to the surviving spouse's
     election.

SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION IRA. Section 408(k) of the Code allows eligible
employers to establish simplified employee pension plans for their employees
using individual retirement annuities. These employers may, within specified
limits, make deductible contributions on behalf of the employees to the
individual retirement annuities. Employers intending to use the Contract in
connection with such plans should seek competent tax advice.

SAVINGS INCENTIVE MATCH PLANS FOR EMPLOYEES (SIMPLE IRA). Section 408(p) of the
Code allow eligible employers with 100 or fewer employees to establish SIMPLE
retirement plans for their employees using individual retirement annuities. In
general, a SIMPLE IRA consists of a salary deferral program for eligible
employees and matching or nonelective contributions made by employers. Employers
intending to purchase the Contract as a SIMPLE IRA should seek competent tax and
legal advice.

TO DETERMINE IF YOU ARE ELIGIBLE TO CONTRIBUTE TO ANY OF THE ABOVE LISTED IRAS
(TRADITIONAL, ROTH, SEP, OR SIMPLE), PLEASE REFER TO IRS PUBLICATION 590 AND
YOUR COMPETENT TAX ADVISOR.

TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES. Section 403(b) of the Code provides tax-deferred
retirement savings plans for employees of certain non-profit and educational
organizations. Under Section 403(b), any contract used for a 403(b) plan must
provide that distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions made
after 12/31/88, and all earnings on salary reduction contributions, may be made
only on or after the date the employee:

.    attains age 59 1/2,

.    severs employment,

.    dies,

.    becomes disabled, or

.    incurs a hardship (earnings on salary reduction contributions may not be
     distributed on account of hardship).

These limitations do not apply to withdrawals where Lincoln Benefit is directed
to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to another 403(b) plan. Generally,
we do not accept Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) funds
in 403(b) contracts.

                                  39 PROSPECTUS



APPENDIX A

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES

The Accumulation Unit Value is a unit of measure used to calculate the value of
a Contract Owner's interest in a Variable Subaccount for any Valuation Period.
An Accumulation Unit Value does not reflect deduction of certain charges under
the Contract that are deducted from your Contract Value, such as the
Administrative Expense Charge. The beginning value for 2001 reflects the
Accumulation Unit Value as of August 10, 2001, the effective date of the
Registration Statement for this Contract. We maintain different Accumulation
Unit Values for Base Contracts with different combinations of optional riders
because the charges deducted from the Subaccounts are different. This Appendix
includes Accumulation Unit Values reflecting the highest and lowest available
Contract charge combinations. The Statement of Additional Information, which is
available upon request without charge, contains the Accumulation Unit Values for
all the other available combinations of optional riders. A brief explanation of
how performance of the Subaccounts is calculated may also be found in the
Statement of Additional Information. Please contact us at 1-800-865-5237 to
obtain a copy of the Statement of Additional Information.

BASE POLICY WITH NO OPTIONAL RIDERS

                                                Year ending December 31,
                                             -----------------------------
                                               2001       2002      2003
FUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM  Basic Value Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Dent Demographics Trends Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.77  $  6.537
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.77  $   6.537  $  8.865
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          6,717     37,747    49,569
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alger American Growth
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.361
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --    16,344
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity Equity-Income
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.63  $  7.873
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.63  $   7.873  $ 10.099
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          7,233    176,376   291,454
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth P
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.461
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --    42,866
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity Investment Grade Bond
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.15  $ 11.021
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.15  $  11.021  $ 11.409
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of         10,192    204,156   340,857
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity Overseas
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.35  $  7.339
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.35  $   7.339  $ 10.356
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            110      2,203    46,826
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation P
(3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series Foreign Stock (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.69  $  9.136
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.69  $   9.136  $ 12.021
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            391     14,107    26,635
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series Worldwide Growth
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.63  $  7.060
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.63  $   7.060  $  8.614
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          3,165     97,061    77,756
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lazard Retirement Emerging Markets
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.92  $  9.639
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.92  $   9.639  $ 14.544
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of              0      4,579     9,947
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Aggressive Growth Fund (7)
 AAccumulation Unit Value Beginning          $  10.00  $    9.41  $  6.348
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.41  $   6.348  $  8.686
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            649     22,935    45,902
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 41 PROSPECTUS



LSA Balanced Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.64  $  7.768
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.64  $   7.768  $  9.902
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of         18,088    152,064   238,048
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Basic Value Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.60  $  7.416
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.60  $   7.416  $  9.761
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of         13,440    193,154   241,742
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Blue Chip Fund (5)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.76  $  7.103
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.76  $   7.103  $  8.776
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          3,387     91,543   224,286
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Capital Appreciation Fund (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.03  $  7.059
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.03  $   7.059  $  9.077
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          2,459     53,255   107,302
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Disciplined Equity Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.59        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.59  $   7.073        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          1,065     64,810        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Diversified Mid Cap Fund (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.00  $  7.962
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.00  $   7.962  $ 10.432
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          9,409     97,423   130,830
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Emerging Growth Equity Fund (7)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.06  $  5.768
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.06  $   5.768  $  8.361
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            352     17,828    26,548
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Equity Growth Fund (2) (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.97  $  6.901
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.97  $   6.901  $  8.405
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          1,703     27,593   109,311
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Capital Growth Fund (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.68  $  7.225
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.68  $   7.225  $  8.806
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            856     31,959    53,695
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Mid Cap Value Fund (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.66  $  9.731
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.66  $   9.731  $ 13.418
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          7,420     82,491   122,723
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Value Equity Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.62  $  7.389
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.62  $   7.389  $  9.508
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          2,032     38,421    98,093
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS New Discovery Series
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.35  $  6.963
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.35  $   6.963  $  9.166
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          1,040     63,132    81,084
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Utilities Series
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    8.96  $  6.813
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   8.96  $   6.813  $  9.112
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of         12,557     38,681    50,267
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap Balanced (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT PEA Science and Technology
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.59  $  4.768
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.59  $   4.768  $  7.683
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            906     18,884    56,004
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap SmallCap
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.09  $  7.802
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.09  $   7.802  $ 10.980
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            536     34,675    59,114
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer International Growth
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.11  $  6.781
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.11  $   6.781  $  9.735
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          1,054     23,843    23,597
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 42 PROSPECTUS



Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund/VA
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.30  $  8.545
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.30  $   8.545  $ 12.160
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          2,185     52,157    87,171
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Foreign Bond (U.S. Dollar-Hedged)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.12  $ 10.806
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.12  $  10.806  $ 10.901
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            575     49,021    71,226
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Money Market
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.04  $ 10.048
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.04  $  10.048  $  9.983
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of         23,597    289,545   388,312
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Real Return (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 10.482
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --    22,724
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Total Return
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.15  $ 10.919
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.15  $  10.919  $ 11.314
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of         22,113    370,770   504,244
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam High Yield Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.89  $  9.683
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.89  $   9.683  $ 12.088
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          4,328     49,831   121,267
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam International Growth and Income
Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.44  $  8.034
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.44  $   8.034  $ 10.925
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            935     19,992    36,251
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex VT OTC Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.80  $  5.913
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.80  $   5.913  $  8.483
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            577     23,308    31,257
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex VT Sector Rotation Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.471
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --     1,384
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers Variable All Cap Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.68  $  7.159
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.68  $   7.159  $  9.819
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          1,864    101,018    82,721
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund
(2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT EAFE Equity Index Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 13.170
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --     1,561
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT Equity 500 Index Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.119
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --    27,529
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT Small Cap Index Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 13.867
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --    10,762
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth (5) (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF High Yield (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.49  $  8.683
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.49  $   8.683  $ 10.768
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          7,458     45,587    70,594
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 43 PROSPECTUS



(3)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Capital Appreciation Fund was merged into the
     Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio - Institutional Shares.
     Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Capital
     Appreciation Variable Sub-Account to the Janus Aspen Series Capital
     Appreciation Variable Sub-Account.

(4)  Effective 5/1/04 the Janus Aspen Series International Portfolio - Service
     Shares changed its name to the Janus Aspen Foreign Stock Portfolio -
     Service Shares. We have made a corresponding change in the name of the
     Variable Sub-Account that invests in this Portfolio.

(5)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Blue Chip Fund, LSA Equity Growth Fund and LSA
     Capital Growth Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth
     Portfolio, Class I. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Blue Chip Variable Sub-Account, LSA Equity Growth Variable
     Sub-Account and LSA Capital Growth Variable Sub-Account to the Van Kampen
     UIF Equity Growth Variable Sub-Account.

(6)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund and LSA MidCap
     Value Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Portfolio, Class I. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Variable Sub-Account and the LSA MidCap
     Value Variable Sub-Account to the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Variable Sub-Account.

(7)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Aggressive Growth Fund and LSA Emerging Growth
     Fund were merged into the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Portfolio, Class
     II. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Aggressive
     Growth Variable Sub-Account and the LSA Emerging Growth Variable
     Sub-Account to the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Variable Sub-Account.

(8)  Effective 5/1/04, the PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio - Administrative
     Shares changed its name to PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio (U.S.
     Dollar-Hedged) - Administrative Shares

(9)  Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc., the adviser to the UIF
     Portfolios, does business in certain instances usingthe name Van Kampen.

BASE POLICY WITH ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER, INCOME BENEFIT RIDER AND ENHANCED
EARNINGS DEATH BENEFIT RIDER (66-75)

                                                Year ending December 31,
                                             -----------------------------
                                               2001       2002      2003
FUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Basic Value Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Dent Demographics Trends Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.74  $  6.464
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.74  $   6.464  $  8.695
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alger American Growth (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.294
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --     2,501
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.60  $  7.786
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.60  $   7.786  $  9.906
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0      4,628     5,624
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.394
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --     1,046
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.12  $ 10.898
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.12  $  10.898  $ 11.191
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0      2,777     3,709
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Overseas
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.32  $  7.257
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.32  $   7.257  $ 10.158
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series Foreign Stock (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.66  $  9.034
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.66  $   9.034  $ 11.791
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series Worldwide Growth
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.60  $  6.982
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.60  $   6.982  $  8.449
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 45 PROSPECTUS



Lazard Emerging Markets
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.89  $  9.532
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.89  $   9.532  $ 14.265
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Aggressive Growth Fund (7)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.38  $  6.277
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.38  $   6.277  $  8.519
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Balanced Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.61  $  7.681
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.61  $   7.681  $  9.712
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0        790     1,466
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Basic Value Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.57  $  7.333
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.57  $   7.333  $  9.574
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Blue Chip Fund (5)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.73  $  7.024
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.73  $   7.024  $  8.608
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       756
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Capital Appreciation Fund (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.00  $  6.980
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.00  $   6.980  $  8.903
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Disciplined Equity Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.56        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.56  $   6.961        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Diversified Mid Cap Fund (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.96  $  7.866
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.96  $   7.866  $ 10.232
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       630
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Emerging Growth Equity Fund (7)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.03  $  5.704
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.03  $   5.704  $  8.201
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Equity Growth Fund (2) (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.94  $  6.824
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.94  $   6.824  $  8.244
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Capital Growth Fund (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.66  $  7.142
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.66  $   7.142  $  8.637
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Mid Cap Value Fund (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.63  $  9.602
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.63  $   9.602  $ 13.162
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Value Equity Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.59  $  7.306
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.59  $   7.306  $  9.326
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0     1,401
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS New Discovery Series
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.32  $  6.886
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.32  $   6.886  $  8.990
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       370
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Utilities Series
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    8.93  $  6.737
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   8.93  $   6.737  $  8.937
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       399
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap Balanced (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT PEA Science and Technology
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.56  $  4.715
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.56  $   4.715  $  7.536
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0     4,942
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap SmallCap
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.06  $  7.715
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.06  $   7.715  $ 10.770
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer International Growth
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.08  $  6.705
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.08  $   6.705  $  9.549
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       387
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund/VA
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.27  $  8.450
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.27  $   8.450  $ 11.927
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 46 PROSPECTUS



PIMCO Foreign Bond (U.S. Dollar-Hedged) (8)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.09  $ 10.686
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.09  $  10.686  $ 10.692
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Money Market
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.01  $  9.936
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.01  $   9.936  $  9.792
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0     1,275
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Real Return (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 10.425
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --     1,193
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Total Return
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.12  $ 10.797
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.12  $  10.797  $ 11.098
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0      2,792     7,241
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam High Yield Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.86  $  9.576
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.86  $   9.576  $ 11.857
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam International Growth and Income Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.42  $  7.944
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.42  $   7.944  $ 10.716
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex OTC Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.77  $  5.847
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.77  $   5.847  $  8.321
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0     1,833
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex Sector Rotation Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.403
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers Variable All Cap Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.65  $  7.079
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.65  $   7.079  $  9.631
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       678
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT EAFE Equity Index Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 13.099
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT Equity 500 Index Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.053
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT Small Cap Index Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 13.792
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth (7)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Growth & Income
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.61  $  8.017
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.61  $   8.017  $ 10.016
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       357
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth (5) (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF High Yield (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.46  $  8.556
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.46  $   8.556  $ 10.562
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0     3,961
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value (6) (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF U.S. Real Estate (1) (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.711
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  First offered May 1, 2003.

(2)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Balance Fund, LSA Basic Value Fund and LSA Value
     Equity Fund were merged into the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio, AIM V.I.
     Basic Value Fund - Series I and Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund -
     Class I, respectively. Accordingly, on 4/30/04,

                                  47 PROSPECTUS



     we transferred the value of the LSA Balanced Variable Sub-Account and the
     LSA Value Equity Variable Sub-Account to the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Variable
     Sub-Account, AIM V.I. Basic Value Variable Sub-Account and the Salomon
     Brothers Variable Investors Variable Sub-Account, respectively.

(3)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Capital Appreciation Fund was merged into the
     Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio - Institutional Shares.
     Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Capital
     Appreciation Variable Sub-Account to the Janus Aspen Series Capital
     Appreciation Variable Sub-Account.

(4)  Effective 5/1/04 the Janus Aspen Series International Portfolio - Service
     Shares changed its name to the Janus Aspen Foreign Stock Portfolio -
     Service Shares. We have made a corresponding change in the name of the
     Variable Sub-Account that invests in this Portfolio.

(5)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Blue Chip Fund, LSA Equity Growth Fund and LSA
     Capital Growth Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth
     Portfolio, Class I. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Blue Chip Variable Sub-Account, LSA Equity Growth Variable
     Sub-Account and LSA Capital Growth Variable Sub-Account to the Van Kampen
     UIF Equity Growth Variable Sub-Account.

(6)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund and LSA MidCap
     Value Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Portfolio, Class I. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Variable Sub-Account and the LSA MidCap
     Value Variable Sub-Account to the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Variable Sub-Account.

(7)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Aggressive Growth Fund and LSA Emerging Growth
     Fund were merged into the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Portfolio, Class
     II. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Aggressive
     Growth Variable Sub-Account and the LSA Emerging Growth Variable
     Sub-Account to the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Variable Sub-Account.

(8)  Effective 5/1/04, the PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio - Administrative
     Shares changed its name to PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio (U.S.
     Dollar-Hedged) - Administrative Shares

(9)  Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc., the adviser to the UIF
     Portfolios, does business in certain instances usingthe name Van Kampen.

                                  48 PROSPECTUS



APPENDIX B

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

The Market Value Adjustment is based on the following:

I =  the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the Guarantee Period for the
     week preceding the establishment of the Guarantee Period;

J =  the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the term length of the
     Guarantee Period Account for the week preceding the date amounts are
     transferred or withdrawn from the Guarantee Period Account, the date we
     determine the Death Proceeds, or the Payout Start Date, as the case may be
     ("Market Value Adjustment Date").

N =  the number of whole and partial years from the date we receive the
     withdrawal, transfer, or death benefit request, or from the Payout State
     Date to the end of the Guarantee Period.

Treasury Rate means the U.S. Treasury Note Constant Maturity yield as reported
in Federal Reserve Bulletin Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment factor is determined from the following formula:

.9 X [I-(J +.0025)] X N

To determine the Market Value Adjustment, we will multiply the Market Value
Adjustment factor by the amount transferred, withdrawn, paid as a death benefit,
or applied to an Income Plan from a Guarantee Period at any time other than
during the 30-day period after such Guarantee Period expires.

                          EXAMPLES OF MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
Purchase Payment:          $10,000 allocated to a Guarantee Period
Guarantee Period:          5 years
Interest Rate:             4.50%
Full Withdrawal:           End of Contract Year 3
I (5-Year Treasury Rate):  4.50%

NOTE: These examples assume that premium taxes are not applicable and that
previous withdrawals have not been taken.

                  EXAMPLE 1: (ASSUMES DECLINING INTEREST RATES)

Step 1: Calculate Contract
 Value at End of Contract
 Year 3:                        = $10,000.00 X (1.045)/3/ = 11,411.66

Step 2: Calculate the Free
 Withdrawal Amount:             = .15 X ($10,000.00) = $1,500.00
                                  (GREATER THAN $1,411.66 EARNINGS IN
                                  THE CONTRACT)

Step 3: Calculate the
 Withdrawal Charge:
Under the Contract, earnings
are deemed to be withdrawn
before Purchase
Payments. Accordingly, in this
example, the amount of the
Purchase Payment eligible for
free withdrawal would equal
the Free Withdrawal Amount
less the interest credited or
88.34 ( 1,500.00 - 1,411.66)
Therefore, the Withdrawal
Charge would be                 = .07 X ($10,000 - $88.34) = $693.82

Step 4: Calculate the Market
 Value Adjustment:              I = 4.50%
                                J = 4.20% (5-Year Treasury Rate at
                                          time of withdrawal)
                                     730 DAYS
                                N = --------- = 2
                                     365 DAYS

                                Market Value Adjustment Factor:
                                .9 X [I - (J + .0025)] X N
                                =.9 X [.045 - (.042 +.0025)] X 2 =.0009
                                Market Value Adjustment = Market Value
                                Adjustment Factor X Amount Subject To
                                Market Value Adjustment:
                                = .0009 X $11,411.66 = $10.27

Step 5: Calculate the amount
received by Contract Owner as
a result of full withdrawal at
the end of Contract Year 3:     = $11,411.66 - $693.82 + $10.27 = $10,728.11

                                  49 PROSPECTUS



APPENDIX C

CALCULATION OF ENHANCED EARNINGS DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT

EXAMPLE 1: In this example, assume that the oldest Contract Owner is age 55 at
the time the Contract is issued and elects the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit
Rider when the Contract is issued. The Contract Owner makes an initial purchase
payment of $100,000. After four years, the Contract Owner dies. On the date
Lincoln Benefit receives Due Proof Of Death, the Contract Value is $125,000.
Prior to his death, the Contract Owner did not make any additional purchase
payments or take any withdrawals.

Excess of Earnings Withdrawals                = 0
Purchase Payments in the 12 months after the  = 0
 Rider Date and prior to Death
In-Force Premium                              = $100,000 ($100,000 + 0 - 0)
In-Force Earnings                             = $25,000 ($125,000 - $100,000)
ENHANCED EARNINGS PROTECTION DEATH BENEFIT    = 50% * $25,000 = $12,500

Since 50% of In-Force Earnings is less than 100% of the In-Force Premium
(excluding purchase payments in the 12 months prior to death), the In-Force
Earnings are used to compute the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit amount.

EXAMPLE 2: ELECTED WHEN CONTRACT WAS ISSUED WITH SUBSEQUENT WITHDRAWALS

In the second example, assume the same facts as above, except that the Contract
Owner has taken a withdrawal of $10,000 during the second year of the Contract.
At the time the withdrawal is taken, the Contract Value is $105,000. Here,
$5,000 of the withdrawal is in excess of the In-Force Earnings at the time of
the withdrawal. The Contract Value on the date Lincoln Benefit receives Due
Proof of Death will be assumed to be $114,000.

Excess-of-Earnings Withdrawals                = $5,000 ($10,000 - $5,000)
Purchase payments in the 12 months after the  = 0
 Rider Date and prior to Death
In-Force Premium                              = $95,000 ($100,000 + 0 -$5,000)
In-Force Earnings                             = $19,000 ($114,000 - $95,000)
Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit               = 50% x $19,000 =  $9,500

Since 50% of In-Force Earnings is less than 100% of the In-Force Premium
(excluding purchase payments in the 12 months after the Rider Date and prior to
death), the In-Force Earnings are used to compute the Enhanced Earnings Death
Benefit amount.

EXAMPLE 3.

This third example is intended to illustrate the effect of adding the Enhanced
Earnings Death Benefit Rider after the Contract has been issued and the effect
of later purchase payments. In this example, assume that the oldest Contract
Owner is age 65 on the Rider Date. At the time the Contract is issued, the
Contract Owner makes a purchase payment of $100,000. After two years pass, the
Contract Owner elects to add the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider. On the
date this Rider is added, the Contract Value is $110,000. Two years later, the
Contract Owner withdraws $50,000. Immediately prior to the withdrawal, the
Contract Value is $130,000. Another two years later, the Contract Owner makes an
additional purchase payment of $40,000. Two years later, the Contract Owner dies
with a Contract Value of $140,000 on the date Lincoln Benefit receives Due Proof
of Death.

Excess-of-Earnings Withdrawals      = $30,000 ($50,000 - $20,000)
Purchase payments in the 12 months
after the Rider Date and prior to
Death                               = 0
In-Force Premium                    = $120,000 ($110,000 + $40,000 - $30,000)
In-Force Earnings                   = $20,000 ($140,000 - $120,000)
Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit     = 40% of $20,000 = $8,000

In this example, In-Force Premium is equal to the Contract Value on the date the
Rider was issued plus the additional purchase payment and minus the
Excess-of-Earnings Withdrawal.

                                  51 PROSPECTUS

Registrant anticipates that it will incur the following approximate expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities to be registered:

The Articles of Incorporation of Lincoln Benefit Life Company (Registrant) provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement as incurred by such person, so long as such person shall not have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of a duty to the Company. This right of indemnity is not exclusive of other rights to which a director or officer may otherwise be entitled.

Resolution Life, Inc. has obtained directors and officers insurance, which includes indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 that the directors and officers of Resolution Life, Inc. and its subsidiaries may, in such capacities, incur.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by final adjudication of such issue.

1 Form of Principal Underwriting Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment to Form N-4 for Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account (File No. 333-50545, 811-07924) filed January 28, 1999.

1(a) Amended and Restated Principal Underwriting Agreement by and between Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Allstate Distributors, LLC, effective April 1, 2014. Incorporated herein by reference to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement filed on April 4, 2014. (SEC File No. 333-180372)

3(i) Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Lincoln Benefit Life Company dated September 26, 2000, as amended by the Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Lincoln Benefit Life Company dated January 21, 2015. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 13, 2015 (File No. 333-203372).


Title of securities being registered	Amount to be registered⁽¹⁾	Proposed maximum offering price per unit	Proposed maximum aggregate offering price⁽¹⁾	Amount of registration fee⁽²⁾
Deferred annuity interests and participating interests therein	$ N/A	$ (1)	$ N/A	$ N/A


		Page

Item 3(c)	Risk Factors		1
Item 11(a)	Description of Business		11
Item 11(b)	Description of Property		13
Item 11(c)	Legal Proceedings		13
Item 11(e)	Financial Statements and Notes to Financial Statements		14
Item 11(f)	Selected Financial Data		68
Item 11(h)	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.		68
Item 11(i)	Changes in or Disagreements with Accountants		90
Item 11(j)	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		90
Item 11(k)	Directors and Executive Officers		90
Item 11(l)	Executive Compensation		92
Item 11(m)	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management		99
Item 11(n)	Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons		101
Other Information			105


	December 31, 2015			December 31, 2014
ASSETS
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost $8,274,194 and $9,231,856)	$	7,945,942		$	9,390,647
Commercial mortgage loans		1,509,132			1,115,167
Policy loans		186,827			194,385
Short-term investments		184,820			361,369
Other invested assets		18,412			26,897

Total Investments		9,845,133			11,088,465
Cash		49,121			49,730
Accrued investment income		91,214			96,408
Reinsurance recoverables — nonaffiliates		5,984,458			5,694,965
Valuation of business acquired		247,702			231,521
Deposit receivable		1,250,328			1,383,388
Other assets		633,091			592,202
Current income tax		1,472			—
Deferred tax asset, net		65,040			—
Separate account assets		1,395,141			1,573,865

Total Assets	$	19,562,700		$	20,710,544

LIABILITIES
Future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities	$	4,757,641		$	4,528,949
Policyholders’ account balances		11,120,565			11,764,312
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		95,826			188,656
Modified coinsurance payable		1,250,328			1,383,388
Deferred tax liability		—			40,732
Other long-term debt — affiliate		608,700			551,600
Separate account liabilities		1,395,141			1,573,865

Total Liabilities	$	19,228,201		$	20,031,502

SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock, $100 par value, 30,000 shares authorized, 25,000 shares issued and outstanding	$	2,500		$	2,500
Additional paid-in capital		593,558			593,558
Accumulated other comprehensive income		(154,699	)		85,498
Retained earnings (deficit)		(106,860	)		(2,514	)

Total Shareholder’s Equity		334,499			679,042

Total Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity	$	19,562,700		$	20,710,544


	Successor					Predecessor
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2015			For the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014		For the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014			For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Revenues
Premiums earned	$	8,841		$	20,384	$	—		$	—
Fee income from policyholders		353,932			259,169		—			—
Net investment income		398,931			288,571		2,350			10,935
Realized investment gains, net		113,538			46,092		285			—

Total revenues	$	875,242		$	614,216	$	2,635		$	10,935

Expenses
Policyholders’ benefits		351,744			216,543		—			—
Return credited to policyholders’ account balances		301,079			256,703		—			—
Operating and acquisition expenses		93,671			96,050		—			—

Total expenses	$	746,494		$	569,296	$	—		$	—

Income (Loss) Before Federal Income Tax	$	128,748		$	44,920	$	2,635		$	10,935
Federal Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
Current		22,528			—		914			3,902
Deferred		23,566			14,234		8			(77	)

Total income tax expense (benefit)		46,094			14,234		922			3,825

NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	82,654		$	30,686	$	1,713		$	7,110

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax
Net unrealized investment gains (losses):
Unrealized investment gains (losses) for the period	$	(290,511	)	$	131,433	$	2,364		$	(15,281	)
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses included in net income		79,023			—		285			1

Net unrealized investment gains (losses)		(369,534	)		131,433		2,079			(15,282	)

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax
Less: Income tax expense (benefit) related to:
Unrealized investment gains (losses) for the period		(101,679	)		45,935		828			(5,349	)
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses included in net income		(27,658	)		—		(100	)		—

Net unrealized investment gains (losses)		(129,337	)		45,935		728			(5,349	)

Other comprehensive (loss) income		(240,197	)		85,498		1,351			(9,933	)

Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(157,543	)	$	116,184	$	3,064		$	(2,823	)


	Common Stock				Additional Paid-In Capital		Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total Shareholder’s Equity


Predecessor	Shares		Amount
Balance, December 31, 2012		25,000	$	2,500	$	180,000	$	150,215		$	13,803		$	346,518
Comprehensive income (loss)
Net income (loss)		—		—		—		7,110			—			7,110
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		—		—		—		—			(9,933	)		(9,933	)

Total comprehensive income (loss)														(2,823	)

Balance, December 31, 2013		25,000	$	2,500	$	180,000	$	157,325		$	3,870		$	343,695
Comprehensive income (loss)
Net income (loss)		—		—		—		1,713			—			1,713
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		—		—		—		—			1,351			1,351

Total comprehensive income (loss)														3,064

Balance, March 31, 2014		25,000	$	2,500	$	180,000	$	159,038		$	5,221		$	346,759



Successor
Balance, April 1, 2014		25,000	$	2,500	$	593,308	$	—		$	—		$	595,808
Dividends to shareholder		—		—		—		(33,200	)		—			(33,200	)
Capital contribution		—		—		250		—			—			250
Comprehensive income (loss)
Net income		—		—		—		30,686			—			30,686
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		—		—		—		—			85,498			85,498

Total comprehensive income (loss)														116,184

Balance, December 31, 2014		25,000	$	2,500	$	593,558	$	(2,514	)	$	85,498		$	679,042
Dividends to shareholder		—		—		—		(187,000	)		—			(187,000	)
Comprehensive income (loss)
Net income		—		—		—		82,654			—			82,654
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		—		—		—		—			(240,197	)		(240,197	)

Total comprehensive income (loss)														(157,543	)

Balance, December 31, 2015		25,000	$	2,500	$	593,558	$	(106,860	)	$	(154,699	)	$	334,499


	Page(s)

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms		15

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Successor)		17

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Successor) and Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Predecessor)		18

Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity (Successor) and Statements of Shareholder’s Equity (Predecessor)		19

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Successor) and Statements of Cash Flows (Predecessor)		20

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		21-65

Schedule I — Consolidated Summary of Investments — Other than Investments in Related Parties		66

Schedule IV — Consolidated Reinsurance		67


	Successor						Predecessor
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2015			For the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014			For the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014			For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
*Cash flows from operating activities:*
Net income (loss)	$	82,654		$	30,686		$	1,713		$	7,110
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash:
Policy charges and fee income		(353,932	)		(259,169	)		—			—
Interest credited		301,079			256,703			—			—
Investment gains, net		(125,986	)		(46,092	)		(285	)		—
Amortization/Accretion of bond premium, net		44,701			44,112			94			630
Amortization of VOBA		40,880			38,987			—			—
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Decrease (increase) in insurance related liabilities and policy-related balances		(24,884	)		(21,964	)		6,402			(6,147	)
Decrease (increase) in receivable from/payable to affiliate		—			—			24,358			(17,255	)
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)		23,566			14,234			921			(329	)
Decrease (increase) in accrued investment income		5,194			6,838			—			—
Decrease (increase) in other assets and liabilities		(27,417	)		31,780			(23,192	)		16,007

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(34,145	)		96,115			10,011			16

*Cash flows from investing activities:*
Fixed maturities, available for sale
Proceeds from sales and maturities		4,739,792			1,844,344			21,341			62,645
Purchases		(3,703,237	)		(1,898,874	)		—			(38,896	)
Commercial mortgage loans
Proceeds from sales and paydowns		164,658			150,849			—			—
Originations and purchases		(559,110	)		—			—			—
Net purchases, sales, maturities of derivatives		(1,379	)		(8,636	)		—			—
Net purchases, sales, maturities of other investments		184,107			620,425			55,924			(31,738	)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		824,831			708,108			77,265			(7,989	)

*Cash flows from financing activities:*
Policyholders’ account deposits		356,916			340,128			—			—
Policyholders’ account withdrawals		(922,215	)		(1,141,289	)		—			—
Dividends paid to shareholder		(187,000	)		(33,200	)		—			—
Change in overdrafts		(38,996	)		39,089			—			—
Capital contribution		—			250			—			—

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(791,295	)		(795,022	)		—			—

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(609	)		9,201			87,276			(7,973	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		49,730			40,529			5,100			13,073

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	49,121		$	49,730		$	92,376		$	5,100

Supplemental schedule of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year:
Income taxes paid	$	24,000		$	—		$	—		$	4,200
Interest paid		6,671		$	4,585		$	—		$	—
Commutation Agreement proceeds (see Note 1):
Cash received on April 1, 2014	$	—		$	—		$	143,348		$	—
Cash received subsequent to April 1, 2014	$	—		$	—		$	5,946		$	—
Invested assets transferred	$	—		$	—		$	11,482,637		$	—
Noncash activities
Issuance of vehicle note	$	—		$	513,000		$	—		$	—
Issuance of other long-term debt	$	—		$	513,000		$	—		$	—
Interest income on vehicle note	$	—		$	15,711		$	—		$	—
Interest expense on other long-term debt	$	—		$	15,711		$	—		$	—
Increase in vehicle note and other long-term debt	$	—		$	38,600		$	—		$	—
Increase in modified coinsurance payable and deposit receivable	$	—		$	166,963		$	—		$	—


($ in thousands)
Assets
Fixed maturities	$	9,194,903
Commercial mortgage loans		1,263,902
Policy loans		196,451
Short-term investments		979,728
Other invested assets		1,104
Cash		40,529
Accrued investment income		103,246
Reinsurance recoverable		5,606,879
Value of business acquired		290,795
Deposit receivable		1,550,351
Intangibles		5,200
Other assets		554,176
Separate account assets		1,661,007

Total assets acquired		21,448,271

Liabilities
Future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities		6,682,833
Policyholders’ account balances		10,367,246
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		78,026
Modified coinsurance payable		1,550,351
Other long-term debt — affiliate		513,000
Separate account liabilities		1,661,007

Total liabilities assumed		20,852,463

Net assets acquired	$	595,808


December 31, 2015 — Successor ($ in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Fixed maturities
U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of U.S. Government Authority and Agencies	$	163,096	$	5,563	$	(81	)	$	168,578
Obligations of U.S. States and Political Subdivisions		712,948		14,827		(7,018	)		720,757
Foreign government		72,042		202		(10,601	)		61,643
Corporate securities		6,060,561		31,263		(353,149	)		5,738,675
ABS		542,503		2,517		(8,229	)		536,791
CMBS		513,316		627		(7,244	)		506,699
RMBS		209,728		4,600		(1,529	)		212,799

Total fixed maturities	$	8,274,194	$	59,599	$	(387,851	)	$	7,945,942


December 31, 2014 — Successor ($ in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Fixed maturities
U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of U.S. Government Authority and Agencies	$	287,077	$	20,933	$	(58	)	$	307,952
Obligations of U.S. States and Political Subdivisions		517,378		26,888		(531	)		543,735
Foreign government		250,008		5,637		(437	)		255,208
Corporate securities		7,279,391		132,481		(34,127	)		7,377,745
ABS		378,906		6,145		(2,408	)		382,643
CMBS		331,041		3,507		(1,065	)		333,483
RMBS		188,055		2,849		(1,023	)		189,881

Total fixed maturities	$	9,231,856	$	198,440	$	(39,649	)	$	9,390,647


	Recorded Investment
	Debt Service Coverage Ratios
December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands)	> 1.20x		1.00x - 1.20x		< 1.00x		Total		% of Total			Estimated Fair Value		% of Total
	(In thousands)											(In thousands)
Loan-to-value ratios:
Less than 65%	$	869,470	$	85,869	$	19,862	$	975,201		64.6	%	$	1,000,948		65.1	%
65% to 75%		508,557		25,374		—		533,931		35.4			535,690		34.9
76% to 80%		—		—		—		—		0.0			—		0.0
Greater than 80%		—		—		—		—		0.0			—		0.0

Total	$	1,378,027	$	111,243	$	19,862	$	1,509,132		100.0	%	$	1,536,638		100.0	%


	Recorded Investment
	Debt Service Coverage Ratios
December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands)	> 1.20x		1.00x - 1.20x		< 1.00x		Total		% of Total			Estimated Fair Value		% of Total
	(In thousands)											(In thousands)
Loan-to-value ratios:
Less than 65%	$	930,592	$	151,700	$	29,460	$	1,111,752		97.6	%	$	1,146,030		97.6	%
65% to 75%		16,591		10,537		—		27,128		2.4			28,275		2.4
76% to 80%		—		—		—		—		0.0			—		0.0
Greater than 80%		—		—		—		—		0.0			—		0.0

Total	$	947,183	$	162,237	$	29,460	$	1,138,880		100.0	%	$	1,174,305		100.0	%


	Less than 12 months					Greater than 12 months
December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands)	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses
U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of U.S. Government Authority and Agencies	$	18,639	$	(77	)	$	98	$	(4	)	$	18,737	$	(81	)
Obligations of U.S. States and Political Subdivisions		207,889		(6,983	)		4,030		(35	)		211,919		(7,018	)
Foreign government		41,507		(8,665	)		5,965		(1,936	)		47,472		(10,601	)
All other corporate securities		3,523,371		(293,131	)		209,474		(60,018	)		3,732,845		(353,149	)
ABS		397,884		(7,031	)		15,040		(1,198	)		412,924		(8,229	)
CMBS		437,244		(7,164	)		8,419		(80	)		445,663		(7,244	)
RMBS		65,470		(776	)		29,659		(753	)		95,129		(1,529	)

Total fixed income securities	$	4,692,004	$	(323,827	)	$	272,685	$	(64,024	)	$	4,964,689	$	(387,851	)


	Less than 12 months					Greater than 12 months
December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands)	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses
U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of U.S. Government Authority and Agencies	$	14,160	$	(58	)	$	—	$	—		$	14,160	$	(58	)
Obligations of U.S. States and Political Subdivisions		57,605		(531	)		—		—			57,605		(531	)
Foreign government		37,543		(437	)		—		—			37,543		(437	)
All other corporate securities		1,683,186		(34,127	)		—		—			1,683,186		(34,127	)
ABS		115,568		(2,408	)		—		—			115,568		(2,408	)
CMBS		135,203		(1,065	)		—		—			135,203		(1,065	)
RMBS		92,804		(1,023	)		—		—			92,804		(1,023	)

Total fixed income securities	$	2,136,069	$	(39,649	)	$	—	$	—		$	2,136,069	$	(39,649	)


($ in thousands) Predecessor	Net Unrealized Gain (Losses) on Investments			VOBA			Future Policy Benefits and Policyholders’ Account Balances			Deferred Income Tax (Liability) Benefit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Related to Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)
Balance, December 31, 2012	$	21,236		$	—		$	—		$	(7,433	)	$	13,803
Net investment gains and losses on investments arising during the period		(15,281	)		—			—			5,349			(9,932	)
Reclassification adjustment for gains and losses included in net income		1			—			—			—			1

Balance, December 31, 2013	$	5,954		$	—		$	—		$	(2,084	)	$	3,870
Net investment gains and losses on investments arising during the period		2,364			—			—			(828	)		1,536
Reclassification adjustment for gains and losses included in net income		285			—			—			(100	)		185

Balance, March 31, 2014	$	8,033		$	—		$	—		$	(2,812	)	$	5,221



Successor
Balance, April 1, 2014	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Net investment gains and losses on investments arising during the period		159,261			—			—			(55,675	)		103,586
Reclassification adjustment for gains and losses included in net income		—			—			—			—			—
Impact of net unrealized investment gains and losses on VOBA		—			(20,287	)		—			7,100			(13,187	)
Impact of net unrealized investment gains and losses on future policy benefits and policyholders’ account balances		—			—			(7,541	)		2,640			(4,901	)

Balance, December 31, 2014	$	159,261		$	(20,287	)	$	(7,541	)	$	(45,935	)	$	85,498
Net investment gains and losses on investments arising during the period		(408,019	)		—			—			142,807			(265,212	)
Reclassification adjustment for gains and losses included in net income		79,023			—			—			(27,658	)		51,365
Impact of net unrealized investment gains and losses on VOBA		—			57,061			—			(19,971	)		37,090
Impact of net unrealized investment gains and losses on future policy benefits and policyholders’ account balances		—			—			60,447			(21,157	)		39,290

Balance, December 31, 2015	$	(327,781	)	$	36,774		$	52,906		$	83,402		$	(154,699	)


($ in thousands)	Successor
	December 31, 2015							December 31, 2014
			Gross Fair Value							Gross Fair Value
	Notional		Assets		Liabilities			Notional		Assets		Liabilities
Assets
Equity Options	$	879,853	$	28,588	$	(10,961	)	$	593,610	$	68,776	$	(43,104	)
Futures		15,373		108		—			20,195		329		—
Liabilities
Policyholders account balances
Derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts
Equity-indexed annuity contracts⁽²⁾	$	1,494,084	$	—	$	(64,138	)	$	1,734,264	$	—	$	(63,660	)
Equity-indexed life contracts		401,511		—		(11,701	)		347,610		—		(18,720	)
Guaranteed accumulation benefits⁽¹⁾		95,752		—		(7,499	)		120,714		—		(6,367	)
Guaranteed withdrawal benefits⁽¹⁾		13,264		—		(315	)		17,102		—		(366	)


	For the Year Ended December 31, 2015						For the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014
($ in thousands)	Realized Investment Gains (Losses)			Policyholder Benefits			Realized Investment Gains (Losses)		Policyholder Benefits
Assets
Equity Options	$	(7,557	)	$	—		$	15,230	$	—
Futures		(1,651	)		—			2,187		—
Liabilities
Policyholders’ account balances
Equity-indexed annuity contracts	$	—		$	(478	)	$	—	$	(5,622	)
Equity-indexed life contracts		—			956			—		90


	For the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014				For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
($ in thousands)	Interest Credited⁽¹⁾		Policyholder Benefits⁽¹⁾		Interest Credited⁽¹⁾		Policyholder Benefits⁽¹⁾
Liabilities
Policyholders’ account balances
Derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts	$	16,427	$	946	$	36,890	$	10,177


($ in thousands)	December 31, 2015		December 31, 2014
Alabama	$	1,508	$	1,720
Arizona		34,911		35,481
California		336,310		255,563
Colorado		57,207		22,381
Connecticut		25,374		—
Florida		86,698		20,779
Georgia		67,213		27,502
Hawaii		7,134		8,125
Illinois		92,813		53,174
Iowa		1,266		1,490
Kansas		9,200		—
Kentucky		7,696		8,260
Maine		3,905		4,114
Maryland		33,844		35,536
Massachusetts		90,897		92,963
Minnesota		148,346		52,496
Missouri		—		9,324
Nevada		14,262		14,705
New Jersey		68,720		84,007
New York		94,985		72,625
North Carolina		58,078		31,111
Ohio		36,954		38,400
Oklahoma		10,803		10,835
Pennsylvania		41,975		37,688
South Carolina		2,532		3,130
Tennessee		5,278		5,719
Texas		107,279		103,778
Utah		44,366		45,914
Virginia		2,353		18,572
Washington		11,550		13,138
Wisconsin		5,675		6,637
General allowance for loan loss		—		—

Total commercial mortgage loans	$	1,509,132	$	1,115,167


Level 1		Assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market that the Company can access.

Level 2		Assets and liabilities whose values are based on the following:

		(a) Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

		(b) Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or

		(c) Valuation models whose inputs are observable, directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3		Assets and liabilities whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s estimates of the assumptions that market participants would use in valuing the assets and liabilities.


December 31, 2015
Description for Each Class of Asset or Liability ($ in thousands)	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3			Total
Assets at fair value
Fixed maturities
U.S Treasury Securities and Obligations of U.S. Government Authority and Agencies	$	10,621		$	157,957		$	—		$	168,578
Obligations of U.S. States and Political Subdivisions		—			720,757			—			720,757
Foreign government		—			61,643			—			61,643
All Other Corporate Securities		—			5,727,155			11,520			5,738,675
ABS		—			522,531			14,260			536,791
CMBS		—			506,699			—			506,699
RMBS		—			212,799			—			212,799
Short term investments		166,358			18,462			—			184,820
Other invested assets
Equity Options		17,627			—			—			17,627
Futures		108			—			—			108
Separate accounts assets		1,395,141			—			—			1,395,141

Total assets at fair value	$	1,589,855		$	7,928,003		$	25,780		$	9,543,638

Liabilities at fair value
Policyholders’ account balances
Equity indexed annuity contracts	$	—		$	—		$	(64,138	)	$	(64,138	)
Equity indexed life contracts		—			(11,701	)		—			(11,701	)
Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits		—			—			(7,499	)		(7,499	)
Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits		—			—			(315	)		(315	)
Separate accounts liabilities		(1,395,141	)		—			—			(1,395,141	)

Total liabilities at fair value	$	(1,395,141	)	$	(11,701	)	$	(71,952	)	$	(1,478,794	)


($ in thousands)	Balance as of January 1, 2015			Net income (loss)			OCI			Transfers to Level 3		Transfers out of Level 3			Purchases		Sales			Issues		Settlements			Balance, December 31, 2015
Assets
Fixed income securities
All other corporate securities	$	7,336		$	(282	)	$	30		$	13,255	$	(2,386	)	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	(6,433	)	$	11,520
ABS		5,250			134			(2,338	)		17,191		—			—		(5,000	)		—		(977	)		14,260
CMBS		2,693			23,506			314			—		—			—		(20,192	)		—		(6,321	)		—
Short-term investments		23,713			14			—			—		—			—		—			—		(23,727	)		—
Liabilities
Equity indexed annuity contracts		(63,660	)		(478	)		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			(64,138	)
Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits⁽¹⁾		(6,733	)		(1,081	)		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			(7,814	)

($ in thousands)	Balance as of April 1, 2014			Net income (loss)			OCI			Transfers to Level 3		Transfers out of Level 3			Purchases		Sales			Issues		Settlements			Balance, December 31, 2014
Assets
Fixed income securities
All other corporate securities	$	396,694		$	4,514		$	(7,472	)	$	—	$	(289,172	)	$	—	$	(97,228	)	$	—	$	—		$	7,336
ABS		436			—			(55	)		—		—			4,930		—			—		(61	)		5,250
CMBS		3,397			2,179			(314	)		—		—			—		—			—		(2,569	)		2,693
Short-term investments		24,095			29			—			—		—			—		(411	)		—		—			23,713
Liabilities
Equity indexed annuity contracts		(58,038	)		(5,622	)		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			(63,660	)
Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits⁽¹⁾		(8,499	)		1,766			—			—		—			—		—			—		—			(6,733	)


($ in thousands)				Total gains (losses) included in:
($ in thousands)	Balance as of December 31, 2013			Net income⁽¹⁾		OCI			Transfers into Level 3		Transfers out of Level 3
Liabilities
Contractholder funds:
Derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts	$	(267,859	)	$	18,525	$	—		$	—	$	—

Total recurring Level 3 liabilities	$	(267,859	)	$	18,525	$	—		$	—	$	—


	Purchases			Sales		Issues			Settlements		Balance as of March 31, 2014
Liabilities
Contractholder funds:
Derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts	$	—		$	—	$	(3,764	)	$	2,612	$	(250,486	)

Total recurring Level 3 liabilities	$	—		$	—	$	(3,764	)	$	2,612	$	(250,486	)


($ in thousands)	Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014		As of December 31, 2013
Liabilities
Policyholders’ account balances:
Derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts	$	18,525	$	43,244

Total recurring Level 3 liabilities	$	18,525	$	43,244


($ in thousands)	For the Year Ended December 31, 2015			For the Period from April 1, 2014 Through December 31, 2014
Direct	$	1,463,472		$	921,444
Assumed		5,939			5,258
Ceded		(1,106,638	)		(702,833	)

Premiums and fee income, net of reinsurance	$	362,773		$	223,869


($ in thousands)	Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014			2013
Direct	$	331,899		$	1,331,597
Assumed		1,581			6,830
Ceded:
Affiliate		(244,797	)		(962,576	)
Non-affiliate		(88,683	)		(375,851	)

Premiums and fee income, net of reinsurance	$	—		$	—


	Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014			2013
Statutory federal income tax rate		35.0	%		35.0	%
Other		—			—

Effective income tax rate		35.0	%		35.0	%


	December 31, 2015
($ in millions)	In the Event of Death		At Annuitization/ Accumulation		For Cumulative Periodic Withdrawals		Accumulation at Specified Dates
*Variable Annuity Contracts*
Separate account value	$	608.8	$	127.4	$	12.8	$	91.6
Net amount at risk	$	66.3	$	16.9	$	0.1	$	7.4
Average attained age of contractholders		61 years		N/A		N/A		N/A
Weighted average waiting period until guarantee date		N/A		None		N/A		5 years
*Variable Life, Variable Universal Life and Universal Life Contracts*
No Lapse Guarantees
Separate account value	$	307.3
General account value	$	3,639.6
Net amount at risk	$	84,370.9
Average attained age of contractholders		48 years


	GMDB		GMIB		GMWB/ GMAB		Secondary Guarantees
($ in thousands)	Variable Annuity		Variable Annuity		Variable Annuity		Interest- Sensitive Life and Fixed Annuities			Total
Predecessor
Net balance as of December 31, 2013	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—
Plus reinsurance recoverable		8,444		8,743		9,444		281,771			308,402

Balance as of December 31, 2013	$	8,444	$	8,743	$	9,444	$	281,771		$	308,402

Less: reinsurance recoverable		8,444		8,743		9,444		281,771			308,402
Net balance as of December 31, 2013		—		—		—		—			—
Incurred guarantee benefits		—		—		—		—			—
Paid guarantee benefits		—		—		—		—			—

Net change		—		—		—		—			—
Net balance as of March 31, 2014		—		—		—		—			—
Plus reinsurance recoverable		8,057		7,122		8,499		293,704			317,382

Balance as of March 31, 2014	$	8,057	$	7,122	$	8,499	$	293,704		$	317,382



Successor
Balance as of April 1, 2014	$	8,057	$	7,122	$	8,499	$	552,163		$	575,841
Less: reinsurance recoverable		8,057		7,122		8,499		67,288			90,966

Net balance as of April 1, 2014		—		—		—		484,875			484,875
Incurred guarantee benefits		—		—		—		159,104			159,104
Paid guarantee benefits		—		—		—		(108,252	)		(108,252	)

Net change		—		—		—		50,852			50,852
Net balance as of December 31, 2014		—		—		—		535,727			535,727
Plus reinsurance recoverable		8,358		8,240		6,733		83,733			107,064

Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	8,358	$	8,240	$	6,733	$	619,460		$	642,791

Less: reinsurance recoverable		8,358		8,240		6,733		83,733			107,064

Net balance as of December 31, 2014		—		—		—		535,727			535,727
Incurred guarantee benefits		—		—		—		217,626			217,626
Paid guarantee benefits		—		—		—		(118,063	)		(118,063	)

Net change		—		—		—		99,563			99,563
Net balance as of December 31, 2015		—		—		—		635,290			635,290
Plus reinsurance recoverable		8,844		5,663		7,814		100,317			122,638

Balance as of December 31, 2015	$	8,844	$	5,663	$	7,814	$	735,607		$	757,928


	VOBA Amortization
2016		14	%
2017		12	%
2018		10	%
2019		8	%
2020 and thereafter		56	%


($ in thousands)
2015	$	194
2016		207
2017		212
2018		217
2019		222
All future years		1,489

Aggregate total	$	2,541


	December 31, 2015			December 31, 2014
Resolution	$	(2,623	)	$	(4,509	)
Lanis	$	(1,742	)	$	(1,564	)


($ in thousands)	Gross Amount		Ceded to Other Companies			Assumed from Other Companies		Net Amount		Percentage of Amount Assumed to Net
*Successor*
Year Ended December 31, 2015
Life insurance in force	$	390,226,197	$	384,704,438		$	4,601,282	$	10,123,041		45.5	%

Premiums and contract charges:
Life and annuities	$	1,405,005	$	(1,056,276	)	$	5,939	$	354,668		1.7	%
Accident and health insurance		58,467		(50,362	)		—		8,105		0.0	%

	$	1,463,472	$	(1,106,638	)	$	5,939	$	362,773		1.6	%

Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014
Life insurance in force	$	395,385,878	$	388,790,881		$	5,106,566	$	11,701,563		43.6	%

Premiums and contract charges:
Life and annuities	$	869,472	$	(669,382	)	$	5,258	$	205,348		2.6	%
Accident and health insurance		51,972		(33,451	)		—		18,521		0.0	%

	$	921,444	$	(702,833	)	$	5,258	$	223,869		2.4	%




*Predecessor*
Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014
Premiums and contract charges:
Life and annuities	$	313,410	$	(314,991	)	$	1,581	$	—		0.0	%
Accident and health insurance		18,489		(18,489	)		—		—		0.0	%

	$	331,899	$	(333,480	)	$	1,581	$	—		0.0	%

Year ended December 31, 2013
Life insurance in force	$	389,941,404	$	395,421,202		$	5,479,798	$	—		0.0	%

Premiums and contract charges:
Life and annuities	$	1,250,623	$	(1,257,453	)	$	6,830	$	—		0.0	%
Accident and health insurance		80,974		(80,974	)		—		—		0.0	%

	$	1,331,597	$	(1,338,427	)	$	6,830	$	—		0.0	%


	5-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
	Successor Period				Predecessor Period
($ in millions)	2015		For the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014		For the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014		2013		2012		2011
Operating results
Net investment income	$	398.9	$	288.6	$	2.4	$	10.9	$	11.6	$	11.8
Realized capital gains and (losses)		113.5		46.1		0.3		—		0.6		2.1
Total Revenues		875.2		614.2		2.6		10.9		12.2		13.9
Net income		82.7		30.7		1.7		7.1		7.9		9.1
Financial position
Investments	$	9,845.1	$	11,088.5	$	—	$	346.8	$	354.8	$	346.6
Total assets		19,562.7		20,710.5		—		18,844.8		19,782.0		20,863.6
Future policy benefits, other policyholder liabilities and policyholders’ account balances		15,878.2		16,293.2		—		16,681.5		17,680.5		18,689.1
Shareholder’s equity		334.5		679.0		—		343.7		346.5		338.3


	Successor Period					Predecessor Period
($ in millions)	For the year ended December 31, 2015			For the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014		For the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014		For the year ended December 31, 2013
Income before federal income tax	$	128.7		$	44.9	$	2.6	$	10.9
Federal income taxes		46.1			14.2		0.9		3.8

Net Income	$	82.6		$	30.7	$	1.7	$	7.1

Other comprehensive income (loss)(“OCI”)		(240.2	)		85.5		1.4		(9.9	)

Comprehensive Income (Loss)	$	(157.6	)	$	116.2	$	3.1	$	(2.8	)


	For the year ended December 31, 2015					For the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014
	Amounts ($ in millions)		Rate			Amounts ($ in millions)		Rate
Annuities	$	784.3		13.2	%	$	866.2		16.7	%
Variable and interest sensitive life	$	129.5		3.8	%	$	112.0		4.2	%


December 31, 2015 ($ in millions)	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of U.S. Government Authority and Agencies	$	163.1	$	5.6	$	(0.1	)	$	168.6
Obligations of U.S. States and Political Subdivisions		712.9		14.8		(7.0	)		720.7
Foreign Governments		72.0		0.2		(10.6	)		61.6
Corporate securities
Basic Materials		406.8		0.9		(56.2	)		351.5
Communications		556.1		1.1		(37.2	)		520.0
Consumer, Cyclical		464.7		2.9		(13.8	)		453.8
Consumer, Non-cyclical		825.1		7.4		(21.8	)		810.7
Diversified		19.2		0.1		(0.1	)		19.2
Energy		801.2		0.3		(151.6	)		649.9
Financial		1,287.8		5.8		(36.5	)		1,257.1
Industrial		1,063.4		9.1		(15.2	)		1,057.3
Technology		236.8		1.7		(9.0	)		229.5
Utilities		399.6		2.0		(11.9	)		389.7
ABS		542.5		2.5		(8.2	)		536.8
CMBS		513.3		0.6		(7.2	)		506.7
RMBS		209.7		4.6		(1.5	)		212.8

Total fixed maturities	$	8,274.2	$	59.6	$	(387.9	)	$	7,945.9


December 31, 2014 ($ in millions)	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of U.S. Government Authority and Agencies	$	287.1	$	20.9	$	—		$	308.0
Obligations of U.S. States and Political Subdivisions		517.4		26.9		(0.6	)		543.7
Foreign Governments		250.0		5.6		(0.4	)		255.2
Corporate securities
Basic Materials		558.6		9.0		(4.0	)		563.6
Communications		567.0		11.2		(2.4	)		575.8
Consumer, Cyclical		470.0		9.0		(1.0	)		478.0
Consumer, Non-cyclical		1,156.9		29.8		(0.8	)		1,185.9
Diversified		17.2		0.2		—			17.4
Energy		923.2		6.8		(19.1	)		910.9
Financial		1,028.7		19.1		(1.1	)		1,046.7
Industrial		1,668.4		30.3		(3.4	)		1,695.3
Technology		208.5		2.8		(0.4	)		210.9
Utilities		680.9		14.4		(1.9	)		693.4
ABS		378.9		6.1		(2.4	)		382.6
CMBS		331.0		3.5		(1.1	)		333.4
RMBS		188.1		2.8		(1.1	)		189.8

Total fixed maturities	$	9,231.6	$	198.4	$	(39.7	)	$	9,390.6


($ in thousands)	For the period January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014			2013
Net investment income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .	$	2,350		$	10,935
Realized capital gains and losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		285			—
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		(922	)		(3,825	)

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .	$	1,713		$	7,110